1 //===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 /// 10 /// \file 11 /// \brief Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions. 12 /// 13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 16 #include "TreeTransform.h" 17 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 29 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 30 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 31 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 32 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 33 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 34 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 35 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/SemaLambda.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h" 38 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" 39 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" 40 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" 41 using namespace clang; 42 using namespace sema; 43 44 /// \brief Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting 45 /// constructor declarations. 'NS::X::X' and 'NS::X<...>::X' are treated as 46 /// constructor names in member using declarations, even if 'X' is not the 47 /// name of the corresponding type. 48 ParsedType Sema::getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 49 SourceLocation NameLoc, 50 IdentifierInfo &Name) { 51 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); 52 53 // Convert the nested-name-specifier into a type. 54 QualType Type; 55 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 56 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 57 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: 58 Type = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0); 59 break; 60 61 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 62 // Strip off the last layer of the nested-name-specifier and build a 63 // typename type for it. 64 assert(NNS->getAsIdentifier() == &Name && "not a constructor name"); 65 Type = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS->getPrefix(), 66 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 67 break; 68 69 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 70 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: 71 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 72 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 73 llvm_unreachable("Nested name specifier is not a type for inheriting ctor"); 74 } 75 76 // This reference to the type is located entirely at the location of the 77 // final identifier in the qualified-id. 78 return CreateParsedType(Type, 79 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, NameLoc)); 80 } 81 82 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 83 IdentifierInfo &II, 84 SourceLocation NameLoc, 85 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 86 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 87 bool EnteringContext) { 88 // Determine where to perform name lookup. 89 90 // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current 91 // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the 92 // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in 93 // particular shows where the current description of destructor name 94 // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g., 95 // this appears to be ill-formed: 96 // 97 // namespace N { 98 // template <typename T> struct S { 99 // ~S(); 100 // }; 101 // } 102 // 103 // void f(N::S<int>* s) { 104 // s->N::S<int>::~S(); 105 // } 106 // 107 // See also PR6358 and PR6359. 108 // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this 109 // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec. 110 QualType SearchType; 111 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 112 bool isDependent = false; 113 bool LookInScope = false; 114 115 if (SS.isInvalid()) 116 return ParsedType(); 117 118 // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a 119 // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and 120 // we know what type we're looking for. 121 if (ObjectTypePtr) 122 SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr); 123 124 if (SS.isSet()) { 125 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); 126 127 bool AlreadySearched = false; 128 bool LookAtPrefix = true; 129 // C++11 [basic.lookup.qual]p6: 130 // If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier, 131 // the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the 132 // nested-name-specifier. Similarly, in a qualified-id of the form: 133 // 134 // nested-name-specifier[opt] class-name :: ~ class-name 135 // 136 // the second class-name is looked up in the same scope as the first. 137 // 138 // Here, we determine whether the code below is permitted to look at the 139 // prefix of the nested-name-specifier. 140 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext); 141 if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) { 142 AlreadySearched = true; 143 LookupCtx = DC; 144 isDependent = false; 145 } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 146 LookAtPrefix = false; 147 LookInScope = true; 148 } 149 150 // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above. 151 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = nullptr; 152 if (AlreadySearched) { 153 // Nothing left to do. 154 } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) { 155 CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS; 156 PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data())); 157 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext); 158 isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS); 159 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) { 160 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType); 161 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType(); 162 } else { 163 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext); 164 isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext(); 165 } 166 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) { 167 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 168 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 169 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T 170 // of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is 171 // also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the 172 // lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly 173 // cv-qualified) T. 174 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType); 175 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType(); 176 assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) && 177 "Caller should have completed object type"); 178 179 LookInScope = true; 180 } else { 181 // Perform lookup into the current scope (only). 182 LookInScope = true; 183 } 184 185 TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = nullptr; 186 LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 187 for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) { 188 // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we 189 // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if 190 // we're allowed to look there). 191 Found.clear(); 192 if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx) 193 LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx); 194 else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S) 195 LookupName(Found, S); 196 else 197 continue; 198 199 // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here? 200 if (Found.isAmbiguous()) 201 return ParsedType(); 202 203 if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) { 204 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 205 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 206 207 if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() || 208 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) { 209 // We found our type! 210 211 return CreateParsedType(T, 212 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc)); 213 } 214 215 if (!SearchType.isNull()) 216 NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type; 217 } 218 219 // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is 220 // the same name as the template name in the last part of the 221 // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then 222 // this is the destructor for that class. 223 // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core 224 // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction. 225 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) { 226 QualType MemberOfType; 227 if (SS.isSet()) { 228 if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) { 229 // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one. 230 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) 231 MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 232 } 233 } 234 if (MemberOfType.isNull()) 235 MemberOfType = SearchType; 236 237 if (MemberOfType.isNull()) 238 continue; 239 240 // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the 241 // class template we found is the same as the template being 242 // specialized, we found what we are looking for. 243 if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) { 244 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 245 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) { 246 if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() == 247 Template->getCanonicalDecl()) 248 return CreateParsedType( 249 MemberOfType, 250 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 251 } 252 253 continue; 254 } 255 256 // We're referring to an unresolved class template 257 // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found 258 // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't 259 // know which template is being specialized, that it at least 260 // has the same name. 261 if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType 262 = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 263 TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName(); 264 265 // The class template we found is the same template being 266 // specialized. 267 if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 268 if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl()) 269 return CreateParsedType( 270 MemberOfType, 271 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 272 273 continue; 274 } 275 276 // The class template we found has the same name as the 277 // (dependent) template name being specialized. 278 if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate 279 = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) { 280 if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() && 281 DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier()) 282 return CreateParsedType( 283 MemberOfType, 284 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 285 286 continue; 287 } 288 } 289 } 290 } 291 292 if (isDependent) { 293 // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent 294 // anyway. 295 296 // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier? 297 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), 298 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 299 II, NameLoc); 300 return ParsedType::make(T); 301 } 302 303 if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) { 304 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl); 305 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch) 306 << T << SearchType; 307 Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here) 308 << T; 309 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) 310 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type) 311 << &II; 312 else { 313 SemaDiagnosticBuilder DtorDiag = Diag(NameLoc, 314 diag::err_destructor_class_name); 315 if (S) { 316 const DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity(); 317 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) 318 DtorDiag << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 319 Class->getNameAsString()); 320 } 321 } 322 323 return ParsedType(); 324 } 325 326 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType) { 327 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || !ObjectType) 328 return ParsedType(); 329 assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype 330 && "only get destructor types from declspecs"); 331 QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 332 QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType); 333 if (SearchType->isDependentType() || Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SearchType, T)) { 334 return ParsedType::make(T); 335 } 336 337 Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch) 338 << T << SearchType; 339 return ParsedType(); 340 } 341 342 bool Sema::checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 343 const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 344 assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId); 345 346 if (!SS.isValid()) 347 return false; 348 349 switch (SS.getScopeRep()->getKind()) { 350 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 351 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 352 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: 353 // Per C++11 [over.literal]p2, literal operators can only be declared at 354 // namespace scope. Therefore, this unqualified-id cannot name anything. 355 // Reject it early, because we have no AST representation for this in the 356 // case where the scope is dependent. 357 Diag(Name.getLocStart(), diag::err_literal_operator_id_outside_namespace) 358 << SS.getScopeRep(); 359 return true; 360 361 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 362 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: 363 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 364 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 365 return false; 366 } 367 368 llvm_unreachable("unknown nested name specifier kind"); 369 } 370 371 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand. 372 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 373 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 374 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 375 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 376 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4: 377 // The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id 378 // that is the operand of typeid are always ignored. 379 // If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class 380 // type, the class shall be completely-defined. 381 Qualifiers Quals; 382 QualType T 383 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(), 384 Quals); 385 if (T->getAs<RecordType>() && 386 RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid)) 387 return ExprError(); 388 389 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) 390 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) << T); 391 392 return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, 393 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 394 } 395 396 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand. 397 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 398 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 399 Expr *E, 400 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 401 bool WasEvaluated = false; 402 if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) { 403 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { 404 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 405 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 406 E = result.get(); 407 } 408 409 QualType T = E->getType(); 410 if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 411 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl()); 412 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3: 413 // [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class 414 // shall be completely-defined. 415 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid)) 416 return ExprError(); 417 418 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3: 419 // When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a 420 // polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated 421 // operand. [...] 422 if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->isGLValue()) { 423 // The subexpression is potentially evaluated; switch the context 424 // and recheck the subexpression. 425 ExprResult Result = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E); 426 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 427 E = Result.get(); 428 429 // We require a vtable to query the type at run time. 430 MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD); 431 WasEvaluated = true; 432 } 433 } 434 435 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4: 436 // [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly 437 // cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a 438 // std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced 439 // type. 440 Qualifiers Quals; 441 QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals); 442 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) { 443 T = UnqualT; 444 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).get(); 445 } 446 } 447 448 if (E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 449 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) 450 << E->getType()); 451 else if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 452 E->HasSideEffects(Context, WasEvaluated)) { 453 // The expression operand for typeid is in an unevaluated expression 454 // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences. 455 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), WasEvaluated 456 ? diag::warn_side_effects_typeid 457 : diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); 458 } 459 460 return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, 461 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 462 } 463 464 /// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression); 465 ExprResult 466 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 467 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 468 // Find the std::type_info type. 469 if (!getStdNamespace()) 470 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid)); 471 472 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) { 473 IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info"); 474 LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 475 LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace()); 476 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 477 // Microsoft's typeinfo doesn't have type_info in std but in the global 478 // namespace if _HAS_EXCEPTIONS is defined to 0. See PR13153. 479 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl && LangOpts.MSVCCompat) { 480 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 481 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 482 } 483 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) 484 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid)); 485 } 486 487 if (!getLangOpts().RTTI) { 488 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_no_typeid_with_fno_rtti)); 489 } 490 491 QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl); 492 493 if (isType) { 494 // The operand is a type; handle it as such. 495 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; 496 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr), 497 &TInfo); 498 if (T.isNull()) 499 return ExprError(); 500 501 if (!TInfo) 502 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc); 503 504 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc); 505 } 506 507 // The operand is an expression. 508 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc); 509 } 510 511 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand. 512 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 513 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 514 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 515 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 516 if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) { 517 bool HasMultipleGUIDs = false; 518 if (!CXXUuidofExpr::GetUuidAttrOfType(Operand->getType(), 519 &HasMultipleGUIDs)) { 520 if (HasMultipleGUIDs) 521 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids)); 522 else 523 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid)); 524 } 525 } 526 527 return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, 528 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 529 } 530 531 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand. 532 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 533 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 534 Expr *E, 535 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 536 if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) { 537 bool HasMultipleGUIDs = false; 538 if (!CXXUuidofExpr::GetUuidAttrOfType(E->getType(), &HasMultipleGUIDs) && 539 !E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 540 if (HasMultipleGUIDs) 541 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids)); 542 else 543 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid)); 544 } 545 } 546 547 return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, 548 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 549 } 550 551 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression); 552 ExprResult 553 Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 554 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 555 // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup. 556 if (!MSVCGuidDecl) { 557 IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID"); 558 LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 559 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 560 MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 561 if (!MSVCGuidDecl) 562 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof)); 563 } 564 565 QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl); 566 567 if (isType) { 568 // The operand is a type; handle it as such. 569 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; 570 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr), 571 &TInfo); 572 if (T.isNull()) 573 return ExprError(); 574 575 if (!TInfo) 576 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc); 577 578 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc); 579 } 580 581 // The operand is an expression. 582 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc); 583 } 584 585 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 586 ExprResult 587 Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) { 588 assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) && 589 "Unknown C++ Boolean value!"); 590 return new (Context) 591 CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true, Context.BoolTy, OpLoc); 592 } 593 594 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 595 ExprResult 596 Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) { 597 return new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc); 598 } 599 600 /// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 601 ExprResult 602 Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) { 603 bool IsThrownVarInScope = false; 604 if (Ex) { 605 // C++0x [class.copymove]p31: 606 // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 607 // copy/move construction of a class object [...] 608 // 609 // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 610 // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch- 611 // clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 612 // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 613 // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 614 // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 615 // exception object 616 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens())) 617 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) { 618 if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) { 619 for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) { 620 if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) { 621 IsThrownVarInScope = true; 622 break; 623 } 624 625 if (S->getFlags() & 626 (Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope | 627 Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope | 628 Scope::TryScope)) 629 break; 630 } 631 } 632 } 633 } 634 635 return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope); 636 } 637 638 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 639 bool IsThrownVarInScope) { 640 // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers. 641 if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && 642 !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc)) 643 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw"; 644 645 if (getCurScope() && getCurScope()->isOpenMPSimdDirectiveScope()) 646 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_omp_simd_region_cannot_use_stmt) << "throw"; 647 648 if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) { 649 QualType ExceptionObjectTy = Context.getExceptionObjectType(Ex->getType()); 650 if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, Ex)) 651 return ExprError(); 652 653 // Initialize the exception result. This implicitly weeds out 654 // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors. 655 656 // C++0x [class.copymove]p31: 657 // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 658 // copy/move construction of a class object [...] 659 // 660 // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 661 // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or 662 // catch-clause 663 // parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 664 // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 665 // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 666 // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 667 // exception object 668 const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = nullptr; 669 if (IsThrownVarInScope) 670 NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), Ex, false); 671 672 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeException( 673 OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, 674 /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != nullptr); 675 ExprResult Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 676 Entity, NRVOVariable, QualType(), Ex, IsThrownVarInScope); 677 if (Res.isInvalid()) 678 return ExprError(); 679 Ex = Res.get(); 680 } 681 682 return new (Context) 683 CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc, IsThrownVarInScope); 684 } 685 686 static void 687 collectPublicBases(CXXRecordDecl *RD, 688 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> &SubobjectsSeen, 689 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &VBases, 690 llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> &PublicSubobjectsSeen, 691 bool ParentIsPublic) { 692 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : RD->bases()) { 693 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 694 bool NewSubobject; 695 // Virtual bases constitute the same subobject. Non-virtual bases are 696 // always distinct subobjects. 697 if (BS.isVirtual()) 698 NewSubobject = VBases.insert(BaseDecl).second; 699 else 700 NewSubobject = true; 701 702 if (NewSubobject) 703 ++SubobjectsSeen[BaseDecl]; 704 705 // Only add subobjects which have public access throughout the entire chain. 706 bool PublicPath = ParentIsPublic && BS.getAccessSpecifier() == AS_public; 707 if (PublicPath) 708 PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(BaseDecl); 709 710 // Recurse on to each base subobject. 711 collectPublicBases(BaseDecl, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen, 712 PublicPath); 713 } 714 } 715 716 static void getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects( 717 CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &Objects) { 718 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> SubobjectsSeen; 719 llvm::SmallSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> VBases; 720 llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> PublicSubobjectsSeen; 721 SubobjectsSeen[RD] = 1; 722 PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(RD); 723 collectPublicBases(RD, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen, 724 /*ParentIsPublic=*/true); 725 726 for (CXXRecordDecl *PublicSubobject : PublicSubobjectsSeen) { 727 // Skip ambiguous objects. 728 if (SubobjectsSeen[PublicSubobject] > 1) 729 continue; 730 731 Objects.push_back(PublicSubobject); 732 } 733 } 734 735 /// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw. 736 bool Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, 737 QualType ExceptionObjectTy, Expr *E) { 738 // If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer 739 // to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed. 740 QualType Ty = ExceptionObjectTy; 741 bool isPointer = false; 742 if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) { 743 Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 744 isPointer = true; 745 } 746 if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) { 747 if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty, 748 isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr 749 : diag::err_throw_incomplete, 750 E->getSourceRange())) 751 return true; 752 753 if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, 754 diag::err_throw_abstract_type, E)) 755 return true; 756 } 757 758 // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling. 759 CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 760 if (!RD) 761 return false; 762 763 // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof, 764 // exception handling will make use of the vtable. 765 MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD); 766 767 // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed. 768 if (isPointer) 769 return false; 770 771 // If the class has a destructor, we must be able to call it. 772 if (!RD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) { 773 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD)) { 774 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 775 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 776 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty); 777 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc())) 778 return true; 779 } 780 } 781 782 // The MSVC ABI creates a list of all types which can catch the exception 783 // object. This list also references the appropriate copy constructor to call 784 // if the object is caught by value and has a non-trivial copy constructor. 785 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 786 // We are only interested in the public, unambiguous bases contained within 787 // the exception object. Bases which are ambiguous or otherwise 788 // inaccessible are not catchable types. 789 llvm::SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> UnambiguousPublicSubobjects; 790 getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(RD, UnambiguousPublicSubobjects); 791 792 for (CXXRecordDecl *Subobject : UnambiguousPublicSubobjects) { 793 // Attempt to lookup the copy constructor. Various pieces of machinery 794 // will spring into action, like template instantiation, which means this 795 // cannot be a simple walk of the class's decls. Instead, we must perform 796 // lookup and overload resolution. 797 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = LookupCopyingConstructor(Subobject, 0); 798 if (!CD) 799 continue; 800 801 // Mark the constructor referenced as it is used by this throw expression. 802 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), CD); 803 804 // Skip this copy constructor if it is trivial, we don't need to record it 805 // in the catchable type data. 806 if (CD->isTrivial()) 807 continue; 808 809 // The copy constructor is non-trivial, create a mapping from this class 810 // type to this constructor. 811 // N.B. The selection of copy constructor is not sensitive to this 812 // particular throw-site. Lookup will be performed at the catch-site to 813 // ensure that the copy constructor is, in fact, accessible (via 814 // friendship or any other means). 815 Context.addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(Subobject, CD); 816 817 // We don't keep the instantiated default argument expressions around so 818 // we must rebuild them here. 819 for (unsigned I = 1, E = CD->getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) { 820 // Skip any default arguments that we've already instantiated. 821 if (Context.getDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I)) 822 continue; 823 824 Expr *DefaultArg = 825 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(ThrowLoc, CD, CD->getParamDecl(I)).get(); 826 Context.addDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I, DefaultArg); 827 } 828 } 829 } 830 831 return false; 832 } 833 834 QualType Sema::getCurrentThisType() { 835 DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 836 QualType ThisTy = CXXThisTypeOverride; 837 if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) { 838 if (method && method->isInstance()) 839 ThisTy = method->getThisType(Context); 840 } 841 if (ThisTy.isNull()) { 842 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurContext) && 843 CurContext->getParent()->getParent()->isRecord()) { 844 // This is a generic lambda call operator that is being instantiated 845 // within a default initializer - so use the enclosing class as 'this'. 846 // There is no enclosing member function to retrieve the 'this' pointer 847 // from. 848 QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType( 849 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext->getParent()->getParent())); 850 // There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers, 851 // per [expr.prim.general]p4. 852 return Context.getPointerType(ClassTy); 853 } 854 } 855 return ThisTy; 856 } 857 858 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, 859 Decl *ContextDecl, 860 unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 861 bool Enabled) 862 : S(S), OldCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), Enabled(false) 863 { 864 if (!Enabled || !ContextDecl) 865 return; 866 867 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 868 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ContextDecl)) 869 Record = Template->getTemplatedDecl(); 870 else 871 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ContextDecl); 872 873 S.CXXThisTypeOverride 874 = S.Context.getPointerType( 875 S.Context.getRecordType(Record).withCVRQualifiers(CXXThisTypeQuals)); 876 877 this->Enabled = true; 878 } 879 880 881 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::~CXXThisScopeRAII() { 882 if (Enabled) { 883 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 884 } 885 } 886 887 static Expr *captureThis(ASTContext &Context, RecordDecl *RD, 888 QualType ThisTy, SourceLocation Loc) { 889 FieldDecl *Field 890 = FieldDecl::Create(Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, ThisTy, 891 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ThisTy, Loc), 892 nullptr, false, ICIS_NoInit); 893 Field->setImplicit(true); 894 Field->setAccess(AS_private); 895 RD->addDecl(Field); 896 return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit*/true); 897 } 898 899 bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit, 900 bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) { 901 // We don't need to capture this in an unevaluated context. 902 if (isUnevaluatedContext() && !Explicit) 903 return true; 904 905 const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt ? 906 *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1; 907 // Otherwise, check that we can capture 'this'. 908 unsigned NumClosures = 0; 909 for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx != 0; idx--) { 910 if (CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = 911 dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) { 912 if (CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0) { 913 // 'this' is already being captured; there isn't anything more to do. 914 break; 915 } 916 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI); 917 if (LSI && isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(LSI->CallOperator)) { 918 // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out. 919 if (BuildAndDiagnose) 920 Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) << Explicit; 921 return true; 922 } 923 if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref || 924 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval || 925 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_Block || 926 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_CapturedRegion || 927 Explicit) { 928 // This closure can capture 'this'; continue looking upwards. 929 NumClosures++; 930 Explicit = false; 931 continue; 932 } 933 // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out. 934 if (BuildAndDiagnose) 935 Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) << Explicit; 936 return true; 937 } 938 break; 939 } 940 if (!BuildAndDiagnose) return false; 941 // Mark that we're implicitly capturing 'this' in all the scopes we skipped. 942 // FIXME: We need to delay this marking in PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated 943 // contexts. 944 for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumClosures; 945 --idx, --NumClosures) { 946 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]); 947 Expr *ThisExpr = nullptr; 948 QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType(); 949 if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) 950 // For lambda expressions, build a field and an initializing expression. 951 ThisExpr = captureThis(Context, LSI->Lambda, ThisTy, Loc); 952 else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI 953 = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) 954 ThisExpr = captureThis(Context, RSI->TheRecordDecl, ThisTy, Loc); 955 956 bool isNested = NumClosures > 1; 957 CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, ThisTy, ThisExpr); 958 } 959 return false; 960 } 961 962 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) { 963 /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this 964 /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for 965 /// which the function is called. 966 967 QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType(); 968 if (ThisTy.isNull()) return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use); 969 970 CheckCXXThisCapture(Loc); 971 return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false); 972 } 973 974 bool Sema::isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType) { 975 // If we're outside the body of a member function, then we'll have a specified 976 // type for 'this'. 977 if (CXXThisTypeOverride.isNull()) 978 return false; 979 980 // Determine whether we're looking into a class that's currently being 981 // defined. 982 CXXRecordDecl *Class = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 983 return Class && Class->isBeingDefined(); 984 } 985 986 ExprResult 987 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 988 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 989 MultiExprArg exprs, 990 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 991 if (!TypeRep) 992 return ExprError(); 993 994 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 995 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo); 996 if (!TInfo) 997 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation()); 998 999 return BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc); 1000 } 1001 1002 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 1003 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 1004 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 1005 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 1006 ExprResult 1007 Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1008 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1009 MultiExprArg Exprs, 1010 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 1011 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType(); 1012 SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 1013 1014 if (Ty->isDependentType() || CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs)) { 1015 return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, LParenLoc, Exprs, 1016 RParenLoc); 1017 } 1018 1019 bool ListInitialization = LParenLoc.isInvalid(); 1020 assert((!ListInitialization || (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0]))) 1021 && "List initialization must have initializer list as expression."); 1022 SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc, 1023 ListInitialization ? Exprs[0]->getSourceRange().getEnd() : RParenLoc); 1024 1025 // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1: 1026 // If the expression list is a single expression, the type conversion 1027 // expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in meaning) to the 1028 // corresponding cast expression. 1029 if (Exprs.size() == 1 && !ListInitialization) { 1030 Expr *Arg = Exprs[0]; 1031 return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, Arg, RParenLoc); 1032 } 1033 1034 // C++14 [expr.type.conv]p2: The expression T(), where T is a 1035 // simple-type-specifier or typename-specifier for a non-array complete 1036 // object type or the (possibly cv-qualified) void type, creates a prvalue 1037 // of the specified type, whose value is that produced by value-initializing 1038 // an object of type T. 1039 QualType ElemTy = Ty; 1040 if (Ty->isArrayType()) { 1041 if (!ListInitialization) 1042 return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, 1043 diag::err_value_init_for_array_type) << FullRange); 1044 ElemTy = Context.getBaseElementType(Ty); 1045 } 1046 1047 if (!ListInitialization && Ty->isFunctionType()) 1048 return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_value_init_for_function_type) 1049 << FullRange); 1050 1051 if (!Ty->isVoidType() && 1052 RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, ElemTy, 1053 diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use, FullRange)) 1054 return ExprError(); 1055 1056 if (RequireNonAbstractType(TyBeginLoc, Ty, 1057 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 1058 return ExprError(); 1059 1060 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo); 1061 InitializationKind Kind = 1062 Exprs.size() ? ListInitialization 1063 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TyBeginLoc) 1064 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc) 1065 : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc); 1066 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs); 1067 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs); 1068 1069 if (Result.isInvalid() || !ListInitialization) 1070 return Result; 1071 1072 Expr *Inner = Result.get(); 1073 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BTE = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Inner)) 1074 Inner = BTE->getSubExpr(); 1075 if (!isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(Inner)) { 1076 // If we created a CXXTemporaryObjectExpr, that node also represents the 1077 // functional cast. Otherwise, create an explicit cast to represent 1078 // the syntactic form of a functional-style cast that was used here. 1079 // 1080 // FIXME: Creating a CXXFunctionalCastExpr around a CXXConstructExpr 1081 // would give a more consistent AST representation than using a 1082 // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr. It's also weird that the functional cast 1083 // is sometimes handled by initialization and sometimes not. 1084 QualType ResultType = Result.get()->getType(); 1085 Result = CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create( 1086 Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(TInfo->getType()), TInfo, 1087 CK_NoOp, Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, LParenLoc, RParenLoc); 1088 } 1089 1090 return Result; 1091 } 1092 1093 /// doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize - Answers whether the usual 1094 /// operator delete[] for the given type has a size_t parameter. 1095 static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc, 1096 QualType allocType) { 1097 const RecordType *record = 1098 allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>(); 1099 if (!record) return false; 1100 1101 // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope. 1102 1103 DeclarationName deleteName = 1104 S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete); 1105 LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 1106 S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl()); 1107 1108 // We're just doing this for information. 1109 ops.suppressDiagnostics(); 1110 1111 // Very likely: there's no operator delete[]. 1112 if (ops.empty()) return false; 1113 1114 // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[] 1115 // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not. 1116 if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false; 1117 1118 LookupResult::Filter filter = ops.makeFilter(); 1119 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1120 NamedDecl *del = filter.next()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1121 1122 // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2: 1123 // A template instance is never a usual deallocation function, 1124 // regardless of its signature. 1125 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(del)) { 1126 filter.erase(); 1127 continue; 1128 } 1129 1130 // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2: 1131 // If class T does not declare [an operator delete[] with one 1132 // parameter] but does declare a member deallocation function 1133 // named operator delete[] with exactly two parameters, the 1134 // second of which has type std::size_t, then this function 1135 // is a usual deallocation function. 1136 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(del)->isUsualDeallocationFunction()) { 1137 filter.erase(); 1138 continue; 1139 } 1140 } 1141 filter.done(); 1142 1143 if (!ops.isSingleResult()) return false; 1144 1145 const FunctionDecl *del = cast<FunctionDecl>(ops.getFoundDecl()); 1146 return (del->getNumParams() == 2); 1147 } 1148 1149 /// \brief Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4). 1150 /// 1151 /// E.g.: 1152 /// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode 1153 /// or 1154 /// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode 1155 /// 1156 /// \param StartLoc The first location of the expression. 1157 /// \param UseGlobal True if 'new' was prefixed with '::'. 1158 /// \param PlacementLParen Opening paren of the placement arguments. 1159 /// \param PlacementArgs Placement new arguments. 1160 /// \param PlacementRParen Closing paren of the placement arguments. 1161 /// \param TypeIdParens If the type is in parens, the source range. 1162 /// \param D The type to be allocated, as well as array dimensions. 1163 /// \param Initializer The initializing expression or initializer-list, or null 1164 /// if there is none. 1165 ExprResult 1166 Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 1167 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 1168 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens, 1169 Declarator &D, Expr *Initializer) { 1170 bool TypeContainsAuto = D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType(); 1171 1172 Expr *ArraySize = nullptr; 1173 // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression. 1174 if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 && 1175 D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) { 1176 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0); 1177 if (TypeContainsAuto) 1178 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto) 1179 << D.getSourceRange()); 1180 if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic) 1181 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new) 1182 << D.getSourceRange()); 1183 if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts) 1184 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size) 1185 << D.getSourceRange()); 1186 1187 ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts); 1188 D.DropFirstTypeObject(); 1189 } 1190 1191 // Every dimension shall be of constant size. 1192 if (ArraySize) { 1193 for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) { 1194 if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array) 1195 break; 1196 1197 DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr; 1198 if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) { 1199 if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent()) { 1200 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 1201 // C++1y [expr.new]p6: Every constant-expression in a noptr-new-declarator 1202 // shall be a converted constant expression (5.19) of type std::size_t 1203 // and shall evaluate to a strictly positive value. 1204 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 1205 assert(IntWidth && "Builtin type of size 0?"); 1206 llvm::APSInt Value(IntWidth); 1207 Array.NumElts 1208 = CheckConvertedConstantExpression(NumElts, Context.getSizeType(), Value, 1209 CCEK_NewExpr) 1210 .get(); 1211 } else { 1212 Array.NumElts 1213 = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(NumElts, nullptr, 1214 diag::err_new_array_nonconst) 1215 .get(); 1216 } 1217 if (!Array.NumElts) 1218 return ExprError(); 1219 } 1220 } 1221 } 1222 } 1223 1224 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/nullptr); 1225 QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType(); 1226 if (D.isInvalidType()) 1227 return ExprError(); 1228 1229 SourceRange DirectInitRange; 1230 if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) 1231 DirectInitRange = List->getSourceRange(); 1232 1233 return BuildCXXNew(SourceRange(StartLoc, D.getLocEnd()), UseGlobal, 1234 PlacementLParen, 1235 PlacementArgs, 1236 PlacementRParen, 1237 TypeIdParens, 1238 AllocType, 1239 TInfo, 1240 ArraySize, 1241 DirectInitRange, 1242 Initializer, 1243 TypeContainsAuto); 1244 } 1245 1246 static bool isLegalArrayNewInitializer(CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle Style, 1247 Expr *Init) { 1248 if (!Init) 1249 return true; 1250 if (ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 1251 return PLE->getNumExprs() == 0; 1252 if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) 1253 return true; 1254 else if (CXXConstructExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 1255 return !CCE->isListInitialization() && 1256 CCE->getConstructor()->isDefaultConstructor(); 1257 else if (Style == CXXNewExpr::ListInit) { 1258 assert(isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 1259 "Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays."); 1260 return true; 1261 } 1262 return false; 1263 } 1264 1265 ExprResult 1266 Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 1267 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 1268 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 1269 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 1270 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 1271 QualType AllocType, 1272 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 1273 Expr *ArraySize, 1274 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 1275 Expr *Initializer, 1276 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 1277 SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 1278 SourceLocation StartLoc = Range.getBegin(); 1279 1280 CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle initStyle; 1281 if (DirectInitRange.isValid()) { 1282 assert(Initializer && "Have parens but no initializer."); 1283 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::CallInit; 1284 } else if (Initializer && isa<InitListExpr>(Initializer)) 1285 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::ListInit; 1286 else { 1287 assert((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) || 1288 isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) && 1289 "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created."); 1290 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::NoInit; 1291 } 1292 1293 Expr **Inits = &Initializer; 1294 unsigned NumInits = Initializer ? 1 : 0; 1295 if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) { 1296 assert(initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && "paren init for non-call init"); 1297 Inits = List->getExprs(); 1298 NumInits = List->getNumExprs(); 1299 } 1300 1301 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 1302 if (TypeMayContainAuto && AllocType->isUndeducedType()) { 1303 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit || NumInits == 0) 1304 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg) 1305 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1306 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit || 1307 (NumInits == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Inits[0]))) 1308 return ExprError(Diag(Inits[0]->getLocStart(), 1309 diag::err_auto_new_list_init) 1310 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1311 if (NumInits > 1) { 1312 Expr *FirstBad = Inits[1]; 1313 return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getLocStart(), 1314 diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions) 1315 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1316 } 1317 Expr *Deduce = Inits[0]; 1318 QualType DeducedType; 1319 if (DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, Deduce, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) 1320 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure) 1321 << AllocType << Deduce->getType() 1322 << TypeRange << Deduce->getSourceRange()); 1323 if (DeducedType.isNull()) 1324 return ExprError(); 1325 AllocType = DeducedType; 1326 } 1327 1328 // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a 1329 // typedef of an array type. 1330 if (!ArraySize) { 1331 if (const ConstantArrayType *Array 1332 = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) { 1333 ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(), 1334 Context.getSizeType(), 1335 TypeRange.getEnd()); 1336 AllocType = Array->getElementType(); 1337 } 1338 } 1339 1340 if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange)) 1341 return ExprError(); 1342 1343 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit && 1344 isStdInitializerList(AllocType, nullptr)) { 1345 Diag(AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 1346 diag::warn_dangling_std_initializer_list) 1347 << /*at end of FE*/0 << Inits[0]->getSourceRange(); 1348 } 1349 1350 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated 1351 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 1352 AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 1353 AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 1354 AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType, 1355 AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime()); 1356 } 1357 1358 QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType); 1359 1360 if (ArraySize && ArraySize->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { 1361 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ArraySize); 1362 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 1363 ArraySize = result.get(); 1364 } 1365 // C++98 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have 1366 // integral or enumeration type with a non-negative value." 1367 // C++11 [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] shall be of integral or unscoped 1368 // enumeration type, or a class type for which a single non-explicit 1369 // conversion function to integral or unscoped enumeration type exists. 1370 // C++1y [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] is implicitly converted to 1371 // std::size_t. 1372 if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) { 1373 ExprResult ConvertedSize; 1374 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 1375 assert(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth() && "Builtin type of size 0?"); 1376 1377 ConvertedSize = PerformImplicitConversion(ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(), 1378 AA_Converting); 1379 1380 if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() && 1381 ArraySize->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 1382 // Diagnose the compatibility of this conversion. 1383 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion) 1384 << ArraySize->getType() << 0 << "'size_t'"; 1385 } else { 1386 class SizeConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1387 protected: 1388 Expr *ArraySize; 1389 1390 public: 1391 SizeConvertDiagnoser(Expr *ArraySize) 1392 : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false, false, false), 1393 ArraySize(ArraySize) {} 1394 1395 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1396 QualType T) override { 1397 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_not_integral) 1398 << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << T; 1399 } 1400 1401 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete( 1402 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { 1403 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type) 1404 << T << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); 1405 } 1406 1407 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( 1408 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override { 1409 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; 1410 } 1411 1412 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv( 1413 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { 1414 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion) 1415 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1416 } 1417 1418 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous( 1419 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { 1420 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion) << T; 1421 } 1422 1423 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous( 1424 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { 1425 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion) 1426 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1427 } 1428 1429 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1430 QualType T, 1431 QualType ConvTy) override { 1432 return S.Diag(Loc, 1433 S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 1434 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion 1435 : diag::ext_array_size_conversion) 1436 << T << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1437 } 1438 } SizeDiagnoser(ArraySize); 1439 1440 ConvertedSize = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, ArraySize, 1441 SizeDiagnoser); 1442 } 1443 if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid()) 1444 return ExprError(); 1445 1446 ArraySize = ConvertedSize.get(); 1447 QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType(); 1448 1449 if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) 1450 return ExprError(); 1451 1452 // C++98 [expr.new]p7: 1453 // The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral type 1454 // with a non-negative value. 1455 // 1456 // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of 1457 // hand. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an unparenthesized 1458 // array type. 1459 // 1460 // Note: such a construct has well-defined semantics in C++11: it throws 1461 // std::bad_array_new_length. 1462 if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) { 1463 llvm::APSInt Value; 1464 // We've already performed any required implicit conversion to integer or 1465 // unscoped enumeration type. 1466 if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context)) { 1467 if (Value < llvm::APSInt( 1468 llvm::APInt::getNullValue(Value.getBitWidth()), 1469 Value.isUnsigned())) { 1470 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 1471 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1472 diag::warn_typecheck_negative_array_new_size) 1473 << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); 1474 else 1475 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1476 diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size) 1477 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); 1478 } else if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) { 1479 unsigned ActiveSizeBits = 1480 ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value); 1481 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 1482 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 1483 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1484 diag::warn_array_new_too_large) 1485 << Value.toString(10) 1486 << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); 1487 else 1488 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1489 diag::err_array_too_large) 1490 << Value.toString(10) 1491 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); 1492 } 1493 } 1494 } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) { 1495 // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses. 1496 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst) 1497 << ArraySize->getSourceRange() 1498 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin()) 1499 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd()); 1500 1501 TypeIdParens = SourceRange(); 1502 } 1503 } 1504 1505 // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way. It can 1506 // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever. 1507 } 1508 1509 FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr; 1510 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 1511 1512 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1513 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlacementArgs) && 1514 FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc, 1515 SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen), 1516 UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PlacementArgs, 1517 OperatorNew, OperatorDelete)) 1518 return ExprError(); 1519 1520 // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array 1521 // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter. 1522 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false; 1523 if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType()) 1524 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize 1525 = doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType); 1526 1527 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs; 1528 if (OperatorNew) { 1529 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 1530 OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1531 VariadicCallType CallType = Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction 1532 : VariadicDoesNotApply; 1533 1534 // We've already converted the placement args, just fill in any default 1535 // arguments. Skip the first parameter because we don't have a corresponding 1536 // argument. 1537 if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto, 1, 1538 PlacementArgs, AllPlaceArgs, CallType)) 1539 return ExprError(); 1540 1541 if (!AllPlaceArgs.empty()) 1542 PlacementArgs = AllPlaceArgs; 1543 1544 // FIXME: This is wrong: PlacementArgs misses out the first (size) argument. 1545 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(OperatorNew, PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs); 1546 1547 // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionCall or equivalent 1548 } 1549 1550 // Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by global operator 1551 // new. 1552 if (PlacementArgs.empty() && OperatorNew && 1553 (OperatorNew->isImplicit() || 1554 getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getLocStart()))) { 1555 if (unsigned Align = Context.getPreferredTypeAlign(AllocType.getTypePtr())){ 1556 unsigned SuitableAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getSuitableAlign(); 1557 if (Align > SuitableAlign) 1558 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_overaligned_type) 1559 << AllocType 1560 << unsigned(Align / Context.getCharWidth()) 1561 << unsigned(SuitableAlign / Context.getCharWidth()); 1562 } 1563 } 1564 1565 QualType InitType = AllocType; 1566 // Array 'new' can't have any initializers except empty parentheses. 1567 // Initializer lists are also allowed, in C++11. Rely on the parser for the 1568 // dialect distinction. 1569 if (ResultType->isArrayType() || ArraySize) { 1570 if (!isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) { 1571 SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getLocStart(), 1572 Inits[NumInits - 1]->getLocEnd()); 1573 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange; 1574 return ExprError(); 1575 } 1576 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast_or_null<InitListExpr>(Initializer)) { 1577 // We do the initialization typechecking against the array type 1578 // corresponding to the number of initializers + 1 (to also check 1579 // default-initialization). 1580 unsigned NumElements = ILE->getNumInits() + 1; 1581 InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType(AllocType, 1582 llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()), NumElements), 1583 ArrayType::Normal, 0); 1584 } 1585 } 1586 1587 // If we can perform the initialization, and we've not already done so, 1588 // do it now. 1589 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1590 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments( 1591 llvm::makeArrayRef(Inits, NumInits))) { 1592 // C++11 [expr.new]p15: 1593 // A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that 1594 // object as follows: 1595 InitializationKind Kind 1596 // - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default- 1597 // initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed, 1598 // the object has indeterminate value 1599 = initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit 1600 ? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin()) 1601 // - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the 1602 // initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization. 1603 : initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit 1604 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TypeRange.getBegin()) 1605 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(), 1606 DirectInitRange.getBegin(), 1607 DirectInitRange.getEnd()); 1608 1609 InitializedEntity Entity 1610 = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, InitType); 1611 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); 1612 ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 1613 MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); 1614 if (FullInit.isInvalid()) 1615 return ExprError(); 1616 1617 // FullInit is our initializer; strip off CXXBindTemporaryExprs, because 1618 // we don't want the initialized object to be destructed. 1619 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder = 1620 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInit.get())) 1621 FullInit = Binder->getSubExpr(); 1622 1623 Initializer = FullInit.get(); 1624 } 1625 1626 // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced. 1627 if (OperatorNew) { 1628 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNew, StartLoc)) 1629 return ExprError(); 1630 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew); 1631 } 1632 if (OperatorDelete) { 1633 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc)) 1634 return ExprError(); 1635 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete); 1636 } 1637 1638 // C++0x [expr.new]p17: 1639 // If the new expression creates an array of objects of class type, 1640 // access and ambiguity control are done for the destructor. 1641 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType); 1642 if (ArraySize && !BaseAllocType->isDependentType()) { 1643 if (const RecordType *BaseRecordType = BaseAllocType->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1644 if (CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = LookupDestructor( 1645 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRecordType->getDecl()))) { 1646 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, dtor); 1647 CheckDestructorAccess(StartLoc, dtor, 1648 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) 1649 << BaseAllocType); 1650 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(dtor, StartLoc)) 1651 return ExprError(); 1652 } 1653 } 1654 } 1655 1656 return new (Context) 1657 CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete, 1658 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens, 1659 ArraySize, initStyle, Initializer, ResultType, AllocTypeInfo, 1660 Range, DirectInitRange); 1661 } 1662 1663 /// \brief Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type 1664 /// in a new-expression. 1665 bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 1666 SourceRange R) { 1667 // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an 1668 // abstract class type or array thereof. 1669 if (AllocType->isFunctionType()) 1670 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type) 1671 << AllocType << 0 << R; 1672 else if (AllocType->isReferenceType()) 1673 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type) 1674 << AllocType << 1 << R; 1675 else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1676 RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType, diag::err_new_incomplete_type,R)) 1677 return true; 1678 else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType, 1679 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 1680 return true; 1681 else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType()) 1682 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type) 1683 << AllocType; 1684 else if (unsigned AddressSpace = AllocType.getAddressSpace()) 1685 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new) 1686 << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace; 1687 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { 1688 if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) { 1689 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT); 1690 if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 1691 BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) 1692 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership) 1693 << BaseAllocType; 1694 } 1695 } 1696 1697 return false; 1698 } 1699 1700 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement 1701 /// deallocation function. 1702 static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 1703 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 1704 return false; 1705 1706 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 1707 return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction(); 1708 1709 if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete && 1710 FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete) 1711 return false; 1712 1713 if (FD->getNumParams() == 1) 1714 return true; 1715 1716 return S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && FD->getNumParams() == 2 && 1717 S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType(), 1718 S.Context.getSizeType()); 1719 } 1720 1721 /// FindAllocationFunctions - Finds the overloads of operator new and delete 1722 /// that are appropriate for the allocation. 1723 bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 1724 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, 1725 bool IsArray, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, 1726 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 1727 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete) { 1728 // --- Choosing an allocation function --- 1729 // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18 1730 // 1) If UseGlobal is true, only look in the global scope. Else, also look 1731 // in the scope of the allocated class. 1732 // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for 1733 // operator new. 1734 // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the 1735 // placement form. 1736 1737 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs(1 + PlaceArgs.size()); 1738 // We don't care about the actual value of this argument. 1739 // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax 1740 // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value? 1741 IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue( 1742 Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0)), 1743 Context.getSizeType(), 1744 SourceLocation()); 1745 AllocArgs[0] = &Size; 1746 std::copy(PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end(), AllocArgs.begin() + 1); 1747 1748 // C++ [expr.new]p8: 1749 // If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation 1750 // function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's 1751 // name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array 1752 // type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the 1753 // deallocation function's name is operator delete[]. 1754 DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 1755 IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New); 1756 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 1757 IsArray ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete); 1758 1759 QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType); 1760 1761 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) { 1762 CXXRecordDecl *Record 1763 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 1764 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, Record, 1765 /*AllowMissing=*/true, OperatorNew)) 1766 return true; 1767 } 1768 1769 if (!OperatorNew) { 1770 // Didn't find a member overload. Look for a global one. 1771 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 1772 DeclContext *TUDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1773 bool FallbackEnabled = IsArray && Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat; 1774 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl, 1775 /*AllowMissing=*/FallbackEnabled, OperatorNew, 1776 /*Diagnose=*/!FallbackEnabled)) { 1777 if (!FallbackEnabled) 1778 return true; 1779 1780 // MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new 1781 // if operator new[] cannot be found. Also, MSVC will leak by not 1782 // generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we 1783 // will not replicate that bug. 1784 NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New); 1785 DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete); 1786 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl, 1787 /*AllowMissing=*/false, OperatorNew)) 1788 return true; 1789 } 1790 } 1791 1792 // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under 1793 // -fno-exceptions. 1794 if (!getLangOpts().Exceptions) { 1795 OperatorDelete = nullptr; 1796 return false; 1797 } 1798 1799 // C++ [expr.new]p19: 1800 // 1801 // If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the 1802 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global 1803 // scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an 1804 // array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in 1805 // the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if 1806 // the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the 1807 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope. 1808 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1809 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) { 1810 CXXRecordDecl *RD 1811 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 1812 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD); 1813 } 1814 if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous()) 1815 return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions? 1816 1817 if (FoundDelete.empty()) { 1818 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 1819 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 1820 } 1821 1822 FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics(); 1823 1824 SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches; 1825 1826 // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated 1827 // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether 1828 // we had explicit placement arguments. This matters for things like 1829 // struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... }; 1830 // A *a = new A() 1831 bool isPlacementNew = (!PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1); 1832 1833 if (isPlacementNew) { 1834 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 1835 // A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the 1836 // declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the 1837 // same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations 1838 // (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are 1839 // identical. [...] 1840 // 1841 // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that 1842 // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both 1843 // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes. 1844 // 1845 // FIXME: this comparison should ignore CC and the like. 1846 QualType ExpectedFunctionType; 1847 { 1848 const FunctionProtoType *Proto 1849 = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1850 1851 SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes; 1852 ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy); 1853 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumParams(); I < N; ++I) 1854 ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getParamType(I)); 1855 1856 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 1857 EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic(); 1858 1859 ExpectedFunctionType 1860 = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes, EPI); 1861 } 1862 1863 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(), 1864 DEnd = FoundDelete.end(); 1865 D != DEnd; ++D) { 1866 FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr; 1867 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl 1868 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) { 1869 // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the 1870 // expected function type. 1871 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(StartLoc); 1872 if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, nullptr, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn, 1873 Info)) 1874 continue; 1875 } else 1876 Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl()); 1877 1878 if (Context.hasSameType(Fn->getType(), ExpectedFunctionType)) 1879 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn)); 1880 } 1881 } else { 1882 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 1883 // [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a 1884 // non-placement allocation function. [...] 1885 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(), 1886 DEnd = FoundDelete.end(); 1887 D != DEnd; ++D) { 1888 if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) 1889 if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn)) 1890 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn)); 1891 } 1892 1893 // C++1y [expr.new]p22: 1894 // For a non-placement allocation function, the normal deallocation 1895 // function lookup is used 1896 // C++1y [expr.delete]p?: 1897 // If [...] deallocation function lookup finds both a usual deallocation 1898 // function with only a pointer parameter and a usual deallocation 1899 // function with both a pointer parameter and a size parameter, then the 1900 // selected deallocation function shall be the one with two parameters. 1901 // Otherwise, the selected deallocation function shall be the function 1902 // with one parameter. 1903 if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) { 1904 if (Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 1) 1905 Matches.erase(Matches.begin()); 1906 else 1907 Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1); 1908 assert(Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 2 && 1909 "found an unexpected usual deallocation function"); 1910 } 1911 } 1912 1913 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 1914 // [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation 1915 // function, that function will be called; otherwise, no 1916 // deallocation function will be called. 1917 if (Matches.size() == 1) { 1918 OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second; 1919 1920 // C++0x [expr.new]p20: 1921 // If the lookup finds the two-parameter form of a usual 1922 // deallocation function (3.7.4.2) and that function, considered 1923 // as a placement deallocation function, would have been 1924 // selected as a match for the allocation function, the program 1925 // is ill-formed. 1926 if (!PlaceArgs.empty() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 1927 isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, OperatorDelete)) { 1928 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete) 1929 << SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getLocStart(), 1930 PlaceArgs.back()->getLocEnd()); 1931 if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit()) 1932 Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1933 << DeleteName; 1934 } else { 1935 CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(), 1936 Matches[0].first); 1937 } 1938 } 1939 1940 return false; 1941 } 1942 1943 /// \brief Find an fitting overload for the allocation function 1944 /// in the specified scope. 1945 /// 1946 /// \param StartLoc The location of the 'new' token. 1947 /// \param Range The range of the placement arguments. 1948 /// \param Name The name of the function ('operator new' or 'operator new[]'). 1949 /// \param Args The placement arguments specified. 1950 /// \param Ctx The scope in which we should search; either a class scope or the 1951 /// translation unit. 1952 /// \param AllowMissing If \c true, report an error if we can't find any 1953 /// allocation functions. Otherwise, succeed but don't fill in \p 1954 /// Operator. 1955 /// \param Operator Filled in with the found allocation function. Unchanged if 1956 /// no allocation function was found. 1957 /// \param Diagnose If \c true, issue errors if the allocation function is not 1958 /// usable. 1959 bool Sema::FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 1960 DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args, 1961 DeclContext *Ctx, 1962 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 1963 bool Diagnose) { 1964 LookupResult R(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1965 LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx); 1966 if (R.empty()) { 1967 if (AllowMissing || !Diagnose) 1968 return false; 1969 return Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) 1970 << Name << Range; 1971 } 1972 1973 if (R.isAmbiguous()) 1974 return true; 1975 1976 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 1977 1978 OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(StartLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); 1979 for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end(); 1980 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) { 1981 // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as 1982 // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate. 1983 NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1984 1985 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 1986 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(), 1987 /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, 1988 Args, Candidates, 1989 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); 1990 continue; 1991 } 1992 1993 FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 1994 AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates, 1995 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); 1996 } 1997 1998 // Do the resolution. 1999 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; 2000 switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(*this, StartLoc, Best)) { 2001 case OR_Success: { 2002 // Got one! 2003 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function; 2004 if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, R.getNamingClass(), 2005 Best->FoundDecl, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible) 2006 return true; 2007 2008 Operator = FnDecl; 2009 return false; 2010 } 2011 2012 case OR_No_Viable_Function: 2013 if (Diagnose) { 2014 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) 2015 << Name << Range; 2016 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); 2017 } 2018 return true; 2019 2020 case OR_Ambiguous: 2021 if (Diagnose) { 2022 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) 2023 << Name << Range; 2024 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args); 2025 } 2026 return true; 2027 2028 case OR_Deleted: { 2029 if (Diagnose) { 2030 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_call) 2031 << Best->Function->isDeleted() 2032 << Name 2033 << getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function) 2034 << Range; 2035 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); 2036 } 2037 return true; 2038 } 2039 } 2040 llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction"); 2041 } 2042 2043 2044 /// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and 2045 /// delete. These are: 2046 /// @code 2047 /// // C++03: 2048 /// void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2049 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2050 /// void operator delete(void *) throw(); 2051 /// void operator delete[](void *) throw(); 2052 /// // C++11: 2053 /// void* operator new(std::size_t); 2054 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2055 /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; 2056 /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; 2057 /// // C++1y: 2058 /// void* operator new(std::size_t); 2059 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2060 /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; 2061 /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; 2062 /// void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept; 2063 /// void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept; 2064 /// @endcode 2065 /// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly 2066 /// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>. 2067 void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() { 2068 if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared) 2069 return; 2070 2071 // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2: 2072 // [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are 2073 // implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a 2074 // program 2075 // 2076 // C++03: 2077 // void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2078 // void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2079 // void operator delete(void*) throw(); 2080 // void operator delete[](void*) throw(); 2081 // C++11: 2082 // void* operator new(std::size_t); 2083 // void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2084 // void operator delete(void*) noexcept; 2085 // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept; 2086 // C++1y: 2087 // void* operator new(std::size_t); 2088 // void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2089 // void operator delete(void*) noexcept; 2090 // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept; 2091 // void operator delete(void*, std::size_t) noexcept; 2092 // void operator delete[](void*, std::size_t) noexcept; 2093 // 2094 // These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator 2095 // new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[]. 2096 // 2097 // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare 2098 // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification. 2099 // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name 2100 // lookup. 2101 if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 2102 // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it 2103 // implicitly. 2104 StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class, 2105 getOrCreateStdNamespace(), 2106 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 2107 &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"), 2108 nullptr); 2109 getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true); 2110 } 2111 2112 GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true; 2113 2114 QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy); 2115 QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType(); 2116 bool AssumeSaneOperatorNew = getLangOpts().AssumeSaneOperatorNew; 2117 2118 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2119 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New), 2120 VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType(), AssumeSaneOperatorNew); 2121 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2122 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_New), 2123 VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType(), AssumeSaneOperatorNew); 2124 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2125 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete), 2126 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr); 2127 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2128 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete), 2129 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr); 2130 if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation) { 2131 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2132 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete), 2133 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType()); 2134 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2135 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete), 2136 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType()); 2137 } 2138 } 2139 2140 /// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global 2141 /// allocation function if it doesn't already exist. 2142 void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, 2143 QualType Return, 2144 QualType Param1, QualType Param2, 2145 bool AddRestrictAttr) { 2146 DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 2147 unsigned NumParams = Param2.isNull() ? 1 : 2; 2148 2149 // Check if this function is already declared. 2150 DeclContext::lookup_result R = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name); 2151 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end(); 2152 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) { 2153 // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined, 2154 // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here. 2155 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) { 2156 if (Func->getNumParams() == NumParams) { 2157 QualType InitialParam1Type = 2158 Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(0) 2159 ->getType().getUnqualifiedType()); 2160 QualType InitialParam2Type = 2161 NumParams == 2 2162 ? Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(1) 2163 ->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) 2164 : QualType(); 2165 // FIXME: Do we need to check for default arguments here? 2166 if (InitialParam1Type == Param1 && 2167 (NumParams == 1 || InitialParam2Type == Param2)) { 2168 if (AddRestrictAttr && !Func->hasAttr<RestrictAttr>()) 2169 Func->addAttr(RestrictAttr::CreateImplicit( 2170 Context, RestrictAttr::GNU_malloc)); 2171 // Make the function visible to name lookup, even if we found it in 2172 // an unimported module. It either is an implicitly-declared global 2173 // allocation function, or is suppressing that function. 2174 Func->setHidden(false); 2175 return; 2176 } 2177 } 2178 } 2179 } 2180 2181 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 2182 2183 QualType BadAllocType; 2184 bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec 2185 = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 2186 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New); 2187 if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) { 2188 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 2189 BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc()); 2190 assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared"); 2191 EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic; 2192 EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = llvm::makeArrayRef(BadAllocType); 2193 } 2194 } else { 2195 EPI.ExceptionSpec = 2196 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone; 2197 } 2198 2199 QualType Params[] = { Param1, Param2 }; 2200 2201 QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType( 2202 Return, llvm::makeArrayRef(Params, NumParams), EPI); 2203 FunctionDecl *Alloc = 2204 FunctionDecl::Create(Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(), 2205 SourceLocation(), Name, 2206 FnType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, false, true); 2207 Alloc->setImplicit(); 2208 2209 // Implicit sized deallocation functions always have default visibility. 2210 Alloc->addAttr(VisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 2211 VisibilityAttr::Default)); 2212 2213 if (AddRestrictAttr) 2214 Alloc->addAttr( 2215 RestrictAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, RestrictAttr::GNU_malloc)); 2216 2217 ParmVarDecl *ParamDecls[2]; 2218 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumParams; ++I) { 2219 ParamDecls[I] = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(), 2220 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 2221 Params[I], /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2222 SC_None, nullptr); 2223 ParamDecls[I]->setImplicit(); 2224 } 2225 Alloc->setParams(llvm::makeArrayRef(ParamDecls, NumParams)); 2226 2227 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc); 2228 IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name); 2229 } 2230 2231 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, 2232 bool CanProvideSize, 2233 DeclarationName Name) { 2234 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 2235 2236 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2237 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 2238 2239 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 2240 // [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a 2241 // non-placement allocation function. [...] 2242 llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 2> Matches; 2243 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(), 2244 DEnd = FoundDelete.end(); 2245 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2246 if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*D)) 2247 if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn)) 2248 Matches.push_back(Fn); 2249 } 2250 2251 // C++1y [expr.delete]p?: 2252 // If the type is complete and deallocation function lookup finds both a 2253 // usual deallocation function with only a pointer parameter and a usual 2254 // deallocation function with both a pointer parameter and a size 2255 // parameter, then the selected deallocation function shall be the one 2256 // with two parameters. Otherwise, the selected deallocation function 2257 // shall be the function with one parameter. 2258 if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) { 2259 unsigned NumArgs = CanProvideSize ? 2 : 1; 2260 if (Matches[0]->getNumParams() != NumArgs) 2261 Matches.erase(Matches.begin()); 2262 else 2263 Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1); 2264 assert(Matches[0]->getNumParams() == NumArgs && 2265 "found an unexpected usual deallocation function"); 2266 } 2267 2268 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads) 2269 EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches); 2270 2271 assert(Matches.size() == 1 && 2272 "unexpectedly have multiple usual deallocation functions"); 2273 return Matches.front(); 2274 } 2275 2276 bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 2277 DeclarationName Name, 2278 FunctionDecl* &Operator, bool Diagnose) { 2279 LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2280 // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope. 2281 LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD); 2282 2283 if (Found.isAmbiguous()) 2284 return true; 2285 2286 Found.suppressDiagnostics(); 2287 2288 SmallVector<DeclAccessPair,4> Matches; 2289 for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end(); 2290 F != FEnd; ++F) { 2291 NamedDecl *ND = (*F)->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2292 2293 // Ignore template operator delete members from the check for a usual 2294 // deallocation function. 2295 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) 2296 continue; 2297 2298 if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND)->isUsualDeallocationFunction()) 2299 Matches.push_back(F.getPair()); 2300 } 2301 2302 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads) 2303 EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches); 2304 2305 // There's exactly one suitable operator; pick it. 2306 if (Matches.size() == 1) { 2307 Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0]->getUnderlyingDecl()); 2308 2309 if (Operator->isDeleted()) { 2310 if (Diagnose) { 2311 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use); 2312 NoteDeletedFunction(Operator); 2313 } 2314 return true; 2315 } 2316 2317 if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(), 2318 Matches[0], Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible) 2319 return true; 2320 2321 return false; 2322 2323 // We found multiple suitable operators; complain about the ambiguity. 2324 } else if (!Matches.empty()) { 2325 if (Diagnose) { 2326 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found) 2327 << Name << RD; 2328 2329 for (SmallVectorImpl<DeclAccessPair>::iterator 2330 F = Matches.begin(), FEnd = Matches.end(); F != FEnd; ++F) 2331 Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(), 2332 diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name; 2333 } 2334 return true; 2335 } 2336 2337 // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but 2338 // none of them were suitable. 2339 if (!Found.empty()) { 2340 if (Diagnose) { 2341 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found) 2342 << Name << RD; 2343 2344 for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end(); 2345 F != FEnd; ++F) 2346 Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(), 2347 diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name; 2348 } 2349 return true; 2350 } 2351 2352 Operator = nullptr; 2353 return false; 2354 } 2355 2356 namespace { 2357 /// \brief Checks whether delete-expression, and new-expression used for 2358 /// initializing deletee have the same array form. 2359 class MismatchingNewDeleteDetector { 2360 public: 2361 enum MismatchResult { 2362 /// Indicates that there is no mismatch or a mismatch cannot be proven. 2363 NoMismatch, 2364 /// Indicates that variable is initialized with mismatching form of \a new. 2365 VarInitMismatches, 2366 /// Indicates that member is initialized with mismatching form of \a new. 2367 MemberInitMismatches, 2368 /// Indicates that 1 or more constructors' definitions could not been 2369 /// analyzed, and they will be checked again at the end of translation unit. 2370 AnalyzeLater 2371 }; 2372 2373 /// \param EndOfTU True, if this is the final analysis at the end of 2374 /// translation unit. False, if this is the initial analysis at the point 2375 /// delete-expression was encountered. 2376 explicit MismatchingNewDeleteDetector(bool EndOfTU) 2377 : IsArrayForm(false), Field(nullptr), EndOfTU(EndOfTU), 2378 HasUndefinedConstructors(false) {} 2379 2380 /// \brief Checks whether pointee of a delete-expression is initialized with 2381 /// matching form of new-expression. 2382 /// 2383 /// If return value is \c VarInitMismatches or \c MemberInitMismatches at the 2384 /// point where delete-expression is encountered, then a warning will be 2385 /// issued immediately. If return value is \c AnalyzeLater at the point where 2386 /// delete-expression is seen, then member will be analyzed at the end of 2387 /// translation unit. \c AnalyzeLater is returned iff at least one constructor 2388 /// couldn't be analyzed. If at least one constructor initializes the member 2389 /// with matching type of new, the return value is \c NoMismatch. 2390 MismatchResult analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE); 2391 /// \brief Analyzes a class member. 2392 /// \param Field Class member to analyze. 2393 /// \param DeleteWasArrayForm Array form-ness of the delete-expression used 2394 /// for deleting the \p Field. 2395 MismatchResult analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, bool DeleteWasArrayForm); 2396 /// List of mismatching new-expressions used for initialization of the pointee 2397 llvm::SmallVector<const CXXNewExpr *, 4> NewExprs; 2398 /// Indicates whether delete-expression was in array form. 2399 bool IsArrayForm; 2400 FieldDecl *Field; 2401 2402 private: 2403 const bool EndOfTU; 2404 /// \brief Indicates that there is at least one constructor without body. 2405 bool HasUndefinedConstructors; 2406 /// \brief Returns \c CXXNewExpr from given initialization expression. 2407 /// \param E Expression used for initializing pointee in delete-expression. 2408 /// E can be a single-element \c InitListExpr consisting of new-expression. 2409 const CXXNewExpr *getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E); 2410 /// \brief Returns whether member is initialized with mismatching form of 2411 /// \c new either by the member initializer or in-class initialization. 2412 /// 2413 /// If bodies of all constructors are not visible at the end of translation 2414 /// unit or at least one constructor initializes member with the matching 2415 /// form of \c new, mismatch cannot be proven, and this function will return 2416 /// \c NoMismatch. 2417 MismatchResult analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME); 2418 /// \brief Returns whether variable is initialized with mismatching form of 2419 /// \c new. 2420 /// 2421 /// If variable is initialized with matching form of \c new or variable is not 2422 /// initialized with a \c new expression, this function will return true. 2423 /// If variable is initialized with mismatching form of \c new, returns false. 2424 /// \param D Variable to analyze. 2425 bool hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D); 2426 /// \brief Checks whether the constructor initializes pointee with mismatching 2427 /// form of \c new. 2428 /// 2429 /// Returns true, if member is initialized with matching form of \c new in 2430 /// member initializer list. Returns false, if member is initialized with the 2431 /// matching form of \c new in this constructor's initializer or given 2432 /// constructor isn't defined at the point where delete-expression is seen, or 2433 /// member isn't initialized by the constructor. 2434 bool hasMatchingNewInCtor(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD); 2435 /// \brief Checks whether member is initialized with matching form of 2436 /// \c new in member initializer list. 2437 bool hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(const CXXCtorInitializer *CI); 2438 /// Checks whether member is initialized with mismatching form of \c new by 2439 /// in-class initializer. 2440 MismatchResult analyzeInClassInitializer(); 2441 }; 2442 } 2443 2444 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2445 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) { 2446 NewExprs.clear(); 2447 assert(DE && "Expected delete-expression"); 2448 IsArrayForm = DE->isArrayForm(); 2449 const Expr *E = DE->getArgument()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 2450 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<const MemberExpr>(E)) { 2451 return analyzeMemberExpr(ME); 2452 } else if (const DeclRefExpr *D = dyn_cast<const DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 2453 if (!hasMatchingVarInit(D)) 2454 return VarInitMismatches; 2455 } 2456 return NoMismatch; 2457 } 2458 2459 const CXXNewExpr * 2460 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E) { 2461 assert(E != nullptr && "Expected a valid initializer expression"); 2462 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 2463 if (const InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<const InitListExpr>(E)) { 2464 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 2465 E = dyn_cast<const CXXNewExpr>(ILE->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 2466 } 2467 2468 return dyn_cast_or_null<const CXXNewExpr>(E); 2469 } 2470 2471 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtorInit( 2472 const CXXCtorInitializer *CI) { 2473 const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr; 2474 if (Field == CI->getMember() && 2475 (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(CI->getInit()))) { 2476 if (NE->isArray() == IsArrayForm) 2477 return true; 2478 else 2479 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2480 } 2481 return false; 2482 } 2483 2484 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtor( 2485 const CXXConstructorDecl *CD) { 2486 if (CD->isImplicit()) 2487 return false; 2488 const FunctionDecl *Definition = CD; 2489 if (!CD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && !CD->isDefined(Definition)) { 2490 HasUndefinedConstructors = true; 2491 return EndOfTU; 2492 } 2493 for (const auto *CI : cast<const CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition)->inits()) { 2494 if (hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(CI)) 2495 return true; 2496 } 2497 return false; 2498 } 2499 2500 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2501 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeInClassInitializer() { 2502 assert(Field != nullptr && "This should be called only for members"); 2503 if (const CXXNewExpr *NE = 2504 getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(Field->getInClassInitializer())) { 2505 if (NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) { 2506 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2507 return MemberInitMismatches; 2508 } 2509 } 2510 return NoMismatch; 2511 } 2512 2513 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2514 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, 2515 bool DeleteWasArrayForm) { 2516 assert(Field != nullptr && "Analysis requires a valid class member."); 2517 this->Field = Field; 2518 IsArrayForm = DeleteWasArrayForm; 2519 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<const CXXRecordDecl>(Field->getParent()); 2520 for (const auto *CD : RD->ctors()) { 2521 if (hasMatchingNewInCtor(CD)) 2522 return NoMismatch; 2523 } 2524 if (HasUndefinedConstructors) 2525 return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater; 2526 if (!NewExprs.empty()) 2527 return MemberInitMismatches; 2528 return Field->hasInClassInitializer() ? analyzeInClassInitializer() 2529 : NoMismatch; 2530 } 2531 2532 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2533 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME) { 2534 assert(ME != nullptr && "Expected a member expression"); 2535 if (FieldDecl *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 2536 return analyzeField(F, IsArrayForm); 2537 return NoMismatch; 2538 } 2539 2540 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D) { 2541 const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr; 2542 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<const VarDecl>(D->getDecl())) { 2543 if (VD->hasInit() && (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(VD->getInit())) && 2544 NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) { 2545 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2546 } 2547 } 2548 return NewExprs.empty(); 2549 } 2550 2551 static void 2552 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, 2553 const MismatchingNewDeleteDetector &Detector) { 2554 SourceLocation EndOfDelete = SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(DeleteLoc); 2555 FixItHint H; 2556 if (!Detector.IsArrayForm) 2557 H = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndOfDelete, "[]"); 2558 else { 2559 SourceLocation RSquare = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken( 2560 DeleteLoc, tok::l_square, SemaRef.getSourceManager(), 2561 SemaRef.getLangOpts(), true); 2562 if (RSquare.isValid()) 2563 H = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(EndOfDelete, RSquare)); 2564 } 2565 SemaRef.Diag(DeleteLoc, diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new) 2566 << Detector.IsArrayForm << H; 2567 2568 for (const auto *NE : Detector.NewExprs) 2569 SemaRef.Diag(NE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_allocated_here) 2570 << Detector.IsArrayForm; 2571 } 2572 2573 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) { 2574 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new, SourceLocation())) 2575 return; 2576 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/false); 2577 switch (Detector.analyzeDeleteExpr(DE)) { 2578 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches: 2579 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: { 2580 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DE->getLocStart(), Detector); 2581 break; 2582 } 2583 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: { 2584 DeleteExprs[Detector.Field].push_back( 2585 std::make_pair(DE->getLocStart(), DE->isArrayForm())); 2586 break; 2587 } 2588 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch: 2589 break; 2590 } 2591 } 2592 2593 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, 2594 bool DeleteWasArrayForm) { 2595 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/true); 2596 switch (Detector.analyzeField(Field, DeleteWasArrayForm)) { 2597 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches: 2598 llvm_unreachable("This analysis should have been done for class members."); 2599 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: 2600 llvm_unreachable("Analysis cannot be postponed any point beyond end of " 2601 "translation unit."); 2602 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: 2603 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DeleteLoc, Detector); 2604 break; 2605 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch: 2606 break; 2607 } 2608 } 2609 2610 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in: 2611 /// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode 2612 /// or 2613 /// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode 2614 ExprResult 2615 Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 2616 bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) { 2617 // C++ [expr.delete]p1: 2618 // The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single 2619 // non-explicit conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type 2620 // void. 2621 // 2622 // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases. 2623 2624 ExprResult Ex = ExE; 2625 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 2626 bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm; 2627 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false; 2628 2629 if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) { 2630 // Perform lvalue-to-rvalue cast, if needed. 2631 Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.get()); 2632 if (Ex.isInvalid()) 2633 return ExprError(); 2634 2635 QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType(); 2636 2637 class DeleteConverter : public ContextualImplicitConverter { 2638 public: 2639 DeleteConverter() : ContextualImplicitConverter(false, true) {} 2640 2641 bool match(QualType ConvType) override { 2642 // FIXME: If we have an operator T* and an operator void*, we must pick 2643 // the operator T*. 2644 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>()) 2645 if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) 2646 return true; 2647 return false; 2648 } 2649 2650 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2651 QualType T) override { 2652 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_operand) << T; 2653 } 2654 2655 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2656 QualType T) override { 2657 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type) << T; 2658 } 2659 2660 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2661 QualType T, 2662 QualType ConvTy) override { 2663 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; 2664 } 2665 2666 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 2667 QualType ConvTy) override { 2668 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion) 2669 << ConvTy; 2670 } 2671 2672 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2673 QualType T) override { 2674 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand) << T; 2675 } 2676 2677 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 2678 QualType ConvTy) override { 2679 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion) 2680 << ConvTy; 2681 } 2682 2683 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2684 QualType T, 2685 QualType ConvTy) override { 2686 llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted"); 2687 } 2688 } Converter; 2689 2690 Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.get(), Converter); 2691 if (Ex.isInvalid()) 2692 return ExprError(); 2693 Type = Ex.get()->getType(); 2694 if (!Converter.match(Type)) 2695 // FIXME: PerformContextualImplicitConversion should return ExprError 2696 // itself in this case. 2697 return ExprError(); 2698 2699 QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2700 QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee); 2701 2702 if (unsigned AddressSpace = Pointee.getAddressSpace()) 2703 return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(), 2704 diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete) 2705 << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace; 2706 2707 CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = nullptr; 2708 if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) { 2709 // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which 2710 // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support 2711 // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context. 2712 Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand) 2713 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange(); 2714 } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType()) { 2715 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand) 2716 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()); 2717 } else if (!Pointee->isDependentType()) { 2718 if (!RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee, 2719 diag::warn_delete_incomplete, Ex.get())) { 2720 if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>()) 2721 PointeeRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 2722 } 2723 } 2724 2725 if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) { 2726 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type) 2727 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange() 2728 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(PP.getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]"); 2729 ArrayForm = true; 2730 } 2731 2732 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2733 ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete); 2734 2735 if (PointeeRD) { 2736 if (!UseGlobal && 2737 FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, PointeeRD, DeleteName, 2738 OperatorDelete)) 2739 return ExprError(); 2740 2741 // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the 2742 // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter. 2743 if (ArrayForm) { 2744 // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator, 2745 // we'll need to do the lookup into the class. 2746 if (UseGlobal) 2747 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = 2748 doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem); 2749 2750 // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the 2751 // function we just found. 2752 else if (OperatorDelete && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete)) 2753 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = (OperatorDelete->getNumParams() == 2); 2754 } 2755 2756 if (!PointeeRD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) 2757 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) { 2758 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, 2759 const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor)); 2760 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc)) 2761 return ExprError(); 2762 } 2763 2764 // C++ [expr.delete]p3: 2765 // In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the 2766 // object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static 2767 // type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be 2768 // deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the 2769 // behavior is undefined. 2770 // 2771 // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there 2772 if (PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() && !PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>()) { 2773 CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = PointeeRD->getDestructor(); 2774 if (dtor && !dtor->isVirtual()) { 2775 if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) { 2776 // If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're 2777 // sure the code has undefined behavior. 2778 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor) 2779 << PointeeElem; 2780 } else if (!ArrayForm) { 2781 // Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect, 2782 // but not necessarily wrong. 2783 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << PointeeElem; 2784 } 2785 } 2786 } 2787 2788 } 2789 2790 if (!OperatorDelete) 2791 // Look for a global declaration. 2792 OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction( 2793 StartLoc, !RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee, 0) && 2794 (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize || 2795 Pointee.isDestructedType()), 2796 DeleteName); 2797 2798 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete); 2799 2800 // Check access and ambiguity of operator delete and destructor. 2801 if (PointeeRD) { 2802 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) { 2803 CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor, 2804 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem); 2805 } 2806 } 2807 } 2808 2809 CXXDeleteExpr *Result = new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr( 2810 Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm, ArrayFormAsWritten, 2811 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, OperatorDelete, Ex.get(), StartLoc); 2812 AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(Result); 2813 return Result; 2814 } 2815 2816 /// \brief Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if, 2817 /// while, do-while, or switch statement. 2818 ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 2819 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2820 bool ConvertToBoolean) { 2821 if (ConditionVar->isInvalidDecl()) 2822 return ExprError(); 2823 2824 QualType T = ConditionVar->getType(); 2825 2826 // C++ [stmt.select]p2: 2827 // The declarator shall not specify a function or an array. 2828 if (T->isFunctionType()) 2829 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(), 2830 diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type) 2831 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange()); 2832 else if (T->isArrayType()) 2833 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(), 2834 diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type) 2835 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange()); 2836 2837 ExprResult Condition = DeclRefExpr::Create( 2838 Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), ConditionVar, 2839 /*enclosing*/ false, ConditionVar->getLocation(), 2840 ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue); 2841 2842 MarkDeclRefReferenced(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Condition.get())); 2843 2844 if (ConvertToBoolean) { 2845 Condition = CheckBooleanCondition(Condition.get(), StmtLoc); 2846 if (Condition.isInvalid()) 2847 return ExprError(); 2848 } 2849 2850 return Condition; 2851 } 2852 2853 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid. 2854 ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr) { 2855 // C++ 6.4p4: 2856 // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement 2857 // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable 2858 // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the 2859 // program is ill-formed. 2860 // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the 2861 // expression, implicitly converted to bool. 2862 // 2863 return PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr); 2864 } 2865 2866 /// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++ 2867 /// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or 2868 /// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals, 2869 /// respectively). 2870 bool 2871 Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) { 2872 // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists. 2873 if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From)) 2874 From = Cast->getSubExpr(); 2875 2876 // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can 2877 // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide 2878 // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer 2879 // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2). 2880 if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens())) 2881 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) 2882 if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType 2883 = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 2884 // This conversion is considered only when there is an 2885 // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2). 2886 if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers()) { 2887 switch (StrLit->getKind()) { 2888 case StringLiteral::UTF8: 2889 case StringLiteral::UTF16: 2890 case StringLiteral::UTF32: 2891 // We don't allow UTF literals to be implicitly converted 2892 break; 2893 case StringLiteral::Ascii: 2894 return (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U || 2895 ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S); 2896 case StringLiteral::Wide: 2897 return ToPointeeType->isWideCharType(); 2898 } 2899 } 2900 } 2901 2902 return false; 2903 } 2904 2905 static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S, 2906 SourceLocation CastLoc, 2907 QualType Ty, 2908 CastKind Kind, 2909 CXXMethodDecl *Method, 2910 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2911 bool HadMultipleCandidates, 2912 Expr *From) { 2913 switch (Kind) { 2914 default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast kind!"); 2915 case CK_ConstructorConversion: { 2916 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method); 2917 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs; 2918 2919 if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(CastLoc, Ty, 2920 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 2921 return ExprError(); 2922 2923 if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, From, CastLoc, ConstructorArgs)) 2924 return ExprError(); 2925 2926 S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor, 2927 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty), 2928 Constructor->getAccess()); 2929 if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc)) 2930 return ExprError(); 2931 2932 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr( 2933 CastLoc, Ty, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method), 2934 ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates, 2935 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 2936 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 2937 if (Result.isInvalid()) 2938 return ExprError(); 2939 2940 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.getAs<Expr>()); 2941 } 2942 2943 case CK_UserDefinedConversion: { 2944 assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!"); 2945 2946 S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ nullptr, FoundDecl); 2947 if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc)) 2948 return ExprError(); 2949 2950 // Create an implicit call expr that calls it. 2951 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Method); 2952 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Conv, 2953 HadMultipleCandidates); 2954 if (Result.isInvalid()) 2955 return ExprError(); 2956 // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast. 2957 Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get()->getType(), 2958 CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(), 2959 nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind()); 2960 2961 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get()); 2962 } 2963 } 2964 } 2965 2966 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the 2967 /// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit 2968 /// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted 2969 /// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing, 2970 /// used in the error message. 2971 ExprResult 2972 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2973 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS, 2974 AssignmentAction Action, 2975 CheckedConversionKind CCK) { 2976 switch (ICS.getKind()) { 2977 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: { 2978 ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard, 2979 Action, CCK); 2980 if (Res.isInvalid()) 2981 return ExprError(); 2982 From = Res.get(); 2983 break; 2984 } 2985 2986 case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: { 2987 2988 FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction; 2989 CastKind CastKind; 2990 QualType BeforeToType; 2991 assert(FD && "no conversion function for user-defined conversion seq"); 2992 if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) { 2993 CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion; 2994 2995 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function, 2996 // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to 2997 // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function. 2998 BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent()); 2999 } else { 3000 const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD); 3001 CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion; 3002 // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion. 3003 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) { 3004 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the 3005 // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to 3006 // the type required by the argument of the constructor 3007 BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType(); 3008 } 3009 } 3010 // Watch out for ellipsis conversion. 3011 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) { 3012 ExprResult Res = 3013 PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType, 3014 ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting, 3015 CCK); 3016 if (Res.isInvalid()) 3017 return ExprError(); 3018 From = Res.get(); 3019 } 3020 3021 ExprResult CastArg 3022 = BuildCXXCastArgument(*this, 3023 From->getLocStart(), 3024 ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3025 CastKind, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD), 3026 ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction, 3027 ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates, 3028 From); 3029 3030 if (CastArg.isInvalid()) 3031 return ExprError(); 3032 3033 From = CastArg.get(); 3034 3035 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After, 3036 AA_Converting, CCK); 3037 } 3038 3039 case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion: 3040 ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(), 3041 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition) 3042 << From->getSourceRange()); 3043 return ExprError(); 3044 3045 case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion: 3046 llvm_unreachable("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion"); 3047 3048 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: 3049 return ExprError(); 3050 } 3051 3052 // Everything went well. 3053 return From; 3054 } 3055 3056 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the 3057 /// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard 3058 /// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted 3059 /// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this 3060 /// conversion, for use in error messages. 3061 ExprResult 3062 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 3063 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 3064 AssignmentAction Action, 3065 CheckedConversionKind CCK) { 3066 bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast); 3067 3068 // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too 3069 // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more 3070 // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially, 3071 // so that we don't need to recompute anything here. 3072 QualType FromType = From->getType(); 3073 3074 if (SCS.CopyConstructor) { 3075 // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type? 3076 assert(!ToType->isReferenceType()); 3077 if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) { 3078 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs; 3079 if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor), 3080 From, /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(), 3081 ConstructorArgs)) 3082 return ExprError(); 3083 return BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3084 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor, 3085 ConstructorArgs, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false, 3086 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3087 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3088 } 3089 return BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3090 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor, 3091 From, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false, 3092 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3093 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3094 } 3095 3096 // Resolve overloaded function references. 3097 if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) { 3098 DeclAccessPair Found; 3099 FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, 3100 true, Found); 3101 if (!Fn) 3102 return ExprError(); 3103 3104 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getLocStart())) 3105 return ExprError(); 3106 3107 From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn); 3108 FromType = From->getType(); 3109 } 3110 3111 // If we're converting to an atomic type, first convert to the corresponding 3112 // non-atomic type. 3113 QualType ToAtomicType; 3114 if (const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>()) { 3115 ToAtomicType = ToType; 3116 ToType = ToAtomic->getValueType(); 3117 } 3118 3119 // Perform the first implicit conversion. 3120 switch (SCS.First) { 3121 case ICK_Identity: 3122 if (const AtomicType *FromAtomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) { 3123 FromType = FromAtomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType(); 3124 From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic, 3125 From, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, VK_RValue); 3126 } 3127 break; 3128 3129 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: { 3130 assert(From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty); 3131 ExprResult FromRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(From); 3132 assert(!FromRes.isInvalid() && "Can't perform deduced conversion?!"); 3133 From = FromRes.get(); 3134 FromType = From->getType(); 3135 break; 3136 } 3137 3138 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: 3139 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType); 3140 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay, 3141 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3142 break; 3143 3144 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: 3145 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType); 3146 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, 3147 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3148 break; 3149 3150 default: 3151 llvm_unreachable("Improper first standard conversion"); 3152 } 3153 3154 // Perform the second implicit conversion 3155 switch (SCS.Second) { 3156 case ICK_Identity: 3157 // C++ [except.spec]p5: 3158 // [For] assignment to and initialization of pointers to functions, 3159 // pointers to member functions, and references to functions: the 3160 // target entity shall allow at least the exceptions allowed by the 3161 // source value in the assignment or initialization. 3162 switch (Action) { 3163 case AA_Assigning: 3164 case AA_Initializing: 3165 // Note, function argument passing and returning are initialization. 3166 case AA_Passing: 3167 case AA_Returning: 3168 case AA_Sending: 3169 case AA_Passing_CFAudited: 3170 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3171 return ExprError(); 3172 break; 3173 3174 case AA_Casting: 3175 case AA_Converting: 3176 // Casts and implicit conversions are not initialization, so are not 3177 // checked for exception specification mismatches. 3178 break; 3179 } 3180 // Nothing else to do. 3181 break; 3182 3183 case ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment: 3184 // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could 3185 // be incompatible exception declarations. 3186 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3187 return ExprError(); 3188 3189 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 3190 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3191 break; 3192 3193 case ICK_Integral_Promotion: 3194 case ICK_Integral_Conversion: 3195 if (ToType->isBooleanType()) { 3196 assert(FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() && 3197 SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion && 3198 "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool"); 3199 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToBoolean, 3200 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3201 } else { 3202 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast, 3203 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3204 } 3205 break; 3206 3207 case ICK_Floating_Promotion: 3208 case ICK_Floating_Conversion: 3209 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast, 3210 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3211 break; 3212 3213 case ICK_Complex_Promotion: 3214 case ICK_Complex_Conversion: { 3215 QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); 3216 QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); 3217 CastKind CK; 3218 if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) { 3219 if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) 3220 CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast; 3221 else 3222 CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex; 3223 } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) { 3224 CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex; 3225 } else { 3226 CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast; 3227 } 3228 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK, 3229 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3230 break; 3231 } 3232 3233 case ICK_Floating_Integral: 3234 if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) 3235 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating, 3236 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3237 else 3238 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral, 3239 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3240 break; 3241 3242 case ICK_Compatible_Conversion: 3243 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 3244 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3245 break; 3246 3247 case ICK_Writeback_Conversion: 3248 case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: { 3249 if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) { 3250 // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions 3251 if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning) 3252 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3253 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer) 3254 << ToType << From->getType() << Action 3255 << From->getSourceRange() << 0; 3256 else 3257 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3258 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer) 3259 << From->getType() << ToType << Action 3260 << From->getSourceRange() << 0; 3261 3262 if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3263 ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3264 EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From); 3265 } 3266 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 3267 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType, 3268 From->getType())) { 3269 if (Action == AA_Initializing) 3270 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3271 diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign); 3272 else 3273 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3274 diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable) 3275 << (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType 3276 << From->getSourceRange(); 3277 } 3278 3279 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid; 3280 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3281 if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle)) 3282 return ExprError(); 3283 3284 // Make sure we extend blocks if necessary. 3285 // FIXME: doing this here is really ugly. 3286 if (Kind == CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast) { 3287 ExprResult E = From; 3288 (void) PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(E); 3289 From = E.get(); 3290 } 3291 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) 3292 CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), ToType, From, CCK); 3293 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK) 3294 .get(); 3295 break; 3296 } 3297 3298 case ICK_Pointer_Member: { 3299 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid; 3300 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3301 if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle)) 3302 return ExprError(); 3303 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3304 return ExprError(); 3305 3306 // We may not have been able to figure out what this member pointer resolved 3307 // to up until this exact point. Attempt to lock-in it's inheritance model. 3308 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 3309 RequireCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), From->getType(), 0); 3310 RequireCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType, 0); 3311 } 3312 3313 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK) 3314 .get(); 3315 break; 3316 } 3317 3318 case ICK_Boolean_Conversion: 3319 // Perform half-to-boolean conversion via float. 3320 if (From->getType()->isHalfType()) { 3321 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get(); 3322 FromType = Context.FloatTy; 3323 } 3324 3325 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy, 3326 ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType), 3327 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3328 break; 3329 3330 case ICK_Derived_To_Base: { 3331 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3332 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(From->getType(), 3333 ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3334 From->getLocStart(), 3335 From->getSourceRange(), 3336 &BasePath, 3337 CStyle)) 3338 return ExprError(); 3339 3340 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3341 CK_DerivedToBase, From->getValueKind(), 3342 &BasePath, CCK).get(); 3343 break; 3344 } 3345 3346 case ICK_Vector_Conversion: 3347 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast, 3348 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3349 break; 3350 3351 case ICK_Vector_Splat: 3352 // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector. 3353 // Cast to the element type. 3354 { 3355 QualType elType = ToType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType(); 3356 if (elType != From->getType()) { 3357 ExprResult E = From; 3358 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, elType, 3359 PrepareScalarCast(E, elType)).get(); 3360 } 3361 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_VectorSplat, 3362 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3363 } 3364 break; 3365 3366 case ICK_Complex_Real: 3367 // Case 1. x -> _Complex y 3368 if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3369 QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType(); 3370 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType(); 3371 3372 // x -> y 3373 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) { 3374 // do nothing 3375 } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) { 3376 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3377 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).get(); 3378 } else { 3379 assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType()); 3380 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3381 isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).get(); 3382 } 3383 // y -> _Complex y 3384 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3385 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex 3386 : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).get(); 3387 3388 // Case 2. _Complex x -> y 3389 } else { 3390 const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>(); 3391 assert(FromComplex); 3392 3393 QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType(); 3394 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType(); 3395 3396 // _Complex x -> x 3397 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3398 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal 3399 : CK_IntegralComplexToReal, 3400 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3401 3402 // x -> y 3403 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) { 3404 // do nothing 3405 } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) { 3406 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3407 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating, 3408 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3409 } else { 3410 assert(ToType->isIntegerType()); 3411 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3412 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast, 3413 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3414 } 3415 } 3416 break; 3417 3418 case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: { 3419 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast, 3420 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3421 break; 3422 } 3423 3424 case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: { 3425 ExprResult FromRes = From; 3426 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = 3427 CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes); 3428 if (FromRes.isInvalid()) 3429 return ExprError(); 3430 From = FromRes.get(); 3431 assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) && 3432 "Improper transparent union conversion"); 3433 (void)ConvTy; 3434 break; 3435 } 3436 3437 case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion: 3438 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3439 CK_ZeroToOCLEvent, 3440 From->getValueKind()).get(); 3441 break; 3442 3443 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: 3444 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: 3445 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: 3446 case ICK_Qualification: 3447 case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds: 3448 case ICK_C_Only_Conversion: 3449 llvm_unreachable("Improper second standard conversion"); 3450 } 3451 3452 switch (SCS.Third) { 3453 case ICK_Identity: 3454 // Nothing to do. 3455 break; 3456 3457 case ICK_Qualification: { 3458 // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the 3459 // target type isn't a reference. 3460 ExprValueKind VK = ToType->isReferenceType() ? 3461 From->getValueKind() : VK_RValue; 3462 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context), 3463 CK_NoOp, VK, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3464 3465 if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr && 3466 !getLangOpts().WritableStrings) { 3467 Diag(From->getLocStart(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 3468 ? diag::ext_deprecated_string_literal_conversion 3469 : diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion) 3470 << ToType.getNonReferenceType(); 3471 } 3472 3473 break; 3474 } 3475 3476 default: 3477 llvm_unreachable("Improper third standard conversion"); 3478 } 3479 3480 // If this conversion sequence involved a scalar -> atomic conversion, perform 3481 // that conversion now. 3482 if (!ToAtomicType.isNull()) { 3483 assert(Context.hasSameType( 3484 ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType())); 3485 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToAtomicType, CK_NonAtomicToAtomic, 3486 VK_RValue, nullptr, CCK).get(); 3487 } 3488 3489 return From; 3490 } 3491 3492 /// \brief Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait. 3493 /// 3494 /// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete 3495 /// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false 3496 /// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required, 3497 /// returns true. 3498 static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S, TypeTrait UTT, 3499 SourceLocation Loc, 3500 QualType ArgTy) { 3501 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3: 3502 // For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating 3503 // that template with a template argument that is a class template 3504 // specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template 3505 // argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument 3506 // must be a complete type. 3507 // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement 3508 // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior 3509 // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries. 3510 switch (UTT) { 3511 default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT"); 3512 // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type. 3513 case UTT_IsCompleteType: 3514 // Fall-through 3515 3516 // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x 3517 // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as 3518 // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be 3519 // impacted by the completeness of the type. 3520 case UTT_IsVoid: 3521 case UTT_IsIntegral: 3522 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint: 3523 case UTT_IsArray: 3524 case UTT_IsPointer: 3525 case UTT_IsLvalueReference: 3526 case UTT_IsRvalueReference: 3527 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer: 3528 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer: 3529 case UTT_IsEnum: 3530 case UTT_IsUnion: 3531 case UTT_IsClass: 3532 case UTT_IsFunction: 3533 case UTT_IsReference: 3534 case UTT_IsArithmetic: 3535 case UTT_IsFundamental: 3536 case UTT_IsObject: 3537 case UTT_IsScalar: 3538 case UTT_IsCompound: 3539 case UTT_IsMemberPointer: 3540 // Fall-through 3541 3542 // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop] 3543 // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However, 3544 // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and 3545 // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in 3546 // Table 49. 3547 case UTT_IsConst: 3548 case UTT_IsVolatile: 3549 case UTT_IsSigned: 3550 case UTT_IsUnsigned: 3551 return true; 3552 3553 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be 3554 // applied to a complete type. 3555 case UTT_IsTrivial: 3556 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable: 3557 case UTT_IsStandardLayout: 3558 case UTT_IsPOD: 3559 case UTT_IsLiteral: 3560 case UTT_IsEmpty: 3561 case UTT_IsPolymorphic: 3562 case UTT_IsAbstract: 3563 case UTT_IsInterfaceClass: 3564 case UTT_IsDestructible: 3565 case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible: 3566 // Fall-through 3567 3568 // These traits require a complete type. 3569 case UTT_IsFinal: 3570 case UTT_IsSealed: 3571 3572 // These trait expressions are designed to help implement predicates in 3573 // [meta.unary.prop] despite not being named the same. They are specified 3574 // by both GCC and the Embarcadero C++ compiler, and require the complete 3575 // type due to the overarching C++0x type predicates being implemented 3576 // requiring the complete type. 3577 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign: 3578 case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign: 3579 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor: 3580 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy: 3581 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign: 3582 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign: 3583 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor: 3584 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor: 3585 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy: 3586 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor: 3587 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor: 3588 // Arrays of unknown bound are expressly allowed. 3589 QualType ElTy = ArgTy; 3590 if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 3591 ElTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ArgTy)->getElementType(); 3592 3593 // The void type is expressly allowed. 3594 if (ElTy->isVoidType()) 3595 return true; 3596 3597 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 3598 Loc, ElTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 3599 } 3600 } 3601 3602 static bool HasNoThrowOperator(const RecordType *RT, OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 3603 Sema &Self, SourceLocation KeyLoc, ASTContext &C, 3604 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const, 3605 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const, 3606 bool (CXXMethodDecl::*IsDesiredOp)() const) 3607 { 3608 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 3609 if ((RD->*HasTrivial)() && !(RD->*HasNonTrivial)()) 3610 return true; 3611 3612 DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); 3613 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, KeyLoc); 3614 LookupResult Res(Self, NameInfo, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 3615 if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) { 3616 bool FoundOperator = false; 3617 Res.suppressDiagnostics(); 3618 for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end(); 3619 Op != OpEnd; ++Op) { 3620 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Op)) 3621 continue; 3622 3623 CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op); 3624 if((Operator->*IsDesiredOp)()) { 3625 FoundOperator = true; 3626 const FunctionProtoType *CPT = 3627 Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3628 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 3629 if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C)) 3630 return false; 3631 } 3632 } 3633 return FoundOperator; 3634 } 3635 return false; 3636 } 3637 3638 static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait UTT, 3639 SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) { 3640 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type"); 3641 3642 ASTContext &C = Self.Context; 3643 switch(UTT) { 3644 default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT"); 3645 // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category 3646 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat]. 3647 case UTT_IsVoid: 3648 return T->isVoidType(); 3649 case UTT_IsIntegral: 3650 return T->isIntegralType(C); 3651 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint: 3652 return T->isFloatingType(); 3653 case UTT_IsArray: 3654 return T->isArrayType(); 3655 case UTT_IsPointer: 3656 return T->isPointerType(); 3657 case UTT_IsLvalueReference: 3658 return T->isLValueReferenceType(); 3659 case UTT_IsRvalueReference: 3660 return T->isRValueReferenceType(); 3661 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer: 3662 return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType(); 3663 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer: 3664 return T->isMemberDataPointerType(); 3665 case UTT_IsEnum: 3666 return T->isEnumeralType(); 3667 case UTT_IsUnion: 3668 return T->isUnionType(); 3669 case UTT_IsClass: 3670 return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType() || T->isInterfaceType(); 3671 case UTT_IsFunction: 3672 return T->isFunctionType(); 3673 3674 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition 3675 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp]. 3676 case UTT_IsReference: 3677 return T->isReferenceType(); 3678 case UTT_IsArithmetic: 3679 return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType(); 3680 case UTT_IsFundamental: 3681 return T->isFundamentalType(); 3682 case UTT_IsObject: 3683 return T->isObjectType(); 3684 case UTT_IsScalar: 3685 // Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be 3686 // considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave 3687 // like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release 3688 // operations), so we report them as non-scalar. 3689 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 3690 switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) { 3691 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 3692 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 3693 return true; 3694 3695 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 3696 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 3697 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 3698 return false; 3699 } 3700 } 3701 3702 return T->isScalarType(); 3703 case UTT_IsCompound: 3704 return T->isCompoundType(); 3705 case UTT_IsMemberPointer: 3706 return T->isMemberPointerType(); 3707 3708 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates 3709 // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]. 3710 case UTT_IsConst: 3711 return T.isConstQualified(); 3712 case UTT_IsVolatile: 3713 return T.isVolatileQualified(); 3714 case UTT_IsTrivial: 3715 return T.isTrivialType(C); 3716 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable: 3717 return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(C); 3718 case UTT_IsStandardLayout: 3719 return T->isStandardLayoutType(); 3720 case UTT_IsPOD: 3721 return T.isPODType(C); 3722 case UTT_IsLiteral: 3723 return T->isLiteralType(C); 3724 case UTT_IsEmpty: 3725 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3726 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty(); 3727 return false; 3728 case UTT_IsPolymorphic: 3729 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3730 return RD->isPolymorphic(); 3731 return false; 3732 case UTT_IsAbstract: 3733 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3734 return RD->isAbstract(); 3735 return false; 3736 case UTT_IsInterfaceClass: 3737 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3738 return RD->isInterface(); 3739 return false; 3740 case UTT_IsFinal: 3741 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3742 return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>(); 3743 return false; 3744 case UTT_IsSealed: 3745 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3746 if (FinalAttr *FA = RD->getAttr<FinalAttr>()) 3747 return FA->isSpelledAsSealed(); 3748 return false; 3749 case UTT_IsSigned: 3750 return T->isSignedIntegerType(); 3751 case UTT_IsUnsigned: 3752 return T->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 3753 3754 // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction, 3755 // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the 3756 // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both 3757 // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those 3758 // specifications. 3759 // 3760 // 1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 3761 // 2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index 3762 // 3763 // Note that these builtins do not behave as documented in g++: if a class 3764 // has both a trivial and a non-trivial special member of a particular kind, 3765 // they return false! For now, we emulate this behavior. 3766 // FIXME: This appears to be a g++ bug: more complex cases reveal that it 3767 // does not correctly compute triviality in the presence of multiple special 3768 // members of the same kind. Revisit this once the g++ bug is fixed. 3769 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor: 3770 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3771 // If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is 3772 // a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default 3773 // constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false. 3774 if (T.isPODType(C)) 3775 return true; 3776 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3777 return RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 3778 !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor(); 3779 return false; 3780 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor: 3781 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 3782 // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic 3783 // behind std::is_trivially_move_constructible (20.9.4.3). 3784 if (T.isPODType(C)) 3785 return true; 3786 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3787 return RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor(); 3788 return false; 3789 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy: 3790 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3791 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then 3792 // the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type 3793 // with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait 3794 // is true, else it is false. 3795 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType()) 3796 return true; 3797 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3798 return RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 3799 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor(); 3800 return false; 3801 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign: 3802 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 3803 // standard library headers. Specifically it is used as the logic 3804 // behind std::is_trivially_move_assignable (20.9.4.3) 3805 if (T.isPODType(C)) 3806 return true; 3807 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3808 return RD->hasTrivialMoveAssignment() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment(); 3809 return false; 3810 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign: 3811 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3812 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the 3813 // trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the 3814 // trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with 3815 // a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is 3816 // true, else it is false. 3817 // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting, 3818 // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class 3819 // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause 3820 // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v. 3821 // [class.copy]p12). 3822 3823 if (T.isConstQualified()) 3824 return false; 3825 if (T.isPODType(C)) 3826 return true; 3827 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3828 return RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment() && 3829 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment(); 3830 return false; 3831 case UTT_IsDestructible: 3832 case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible: 3833 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 3834 // For reference types, is_destructible<T>::value is true. 3835 if (T->isReferenceType()) 3836 return true; 3837 3838 // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction. 3839 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() && 3840 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) 3841 return true; 3842 3843 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 3844 // For incomplete types and function types, is_destructible<T>::value is 3845 // false. 3846 if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType()) 3847 return false; 3848 3849 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 3850 // For object types and given U equal to remove_all_extents_t<T>, if the 3851 // expression std::declval<U&>().~U() is well-formed when treated as an 3852 // unevaluated operand (Clause 5), then is_destructible<T>::value is true 3853 if (auto *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 3854 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD); 3855 if (!Destructor) 3856 return false; 3857 // C++14 [dcl.fct.def.delete]p2: 3858 // A program that refers to a deleted function implicitly or 3859 // explicitly, other than to declare it, is ill-formed. 3860 if (Destructor->isDeleted()) 3861 return false; 3862 if (C.getLangOpts().AccessControl && Destructor->getAccess() != AS_public) 3863 return false; 3864 if (UTT == UTT_IsNothrowDestructible) { 3865 const FunctionProtoType *CPT = 3866 Destructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3867 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 3868 if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C)) 3869 return false; 3870 } 3871 } 3872 return true; 3873 3874 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor: 3875 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 3876 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type 3877 // then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union 3878 // type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor 3879 // ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is 3880 // false. 3881 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType()) 3882 return true; 3883 3884 // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction. 3885 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() && 3886 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) 3887 return true; 3888 3889 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3890 return RD->hasTrivialDestructor(); 3891 return false; 3892 // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members. 3893 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign: 3894 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3895 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the 3896 // trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type) 3897 // is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class 3898 // or union type with copy assignment operators that are known 3899 // not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is 3900 // false. 3901 if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified()) 3902 return false; 3903 if (T->isReferenceType()) 3904 return false; 3905 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 3906 return true; 3907 3908 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) 3909 return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C, 3910 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment, 3911 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment, 3912 &CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator); 3913 return false; 3914 case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign: 3915 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 3916 // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic 3917 // behind std::is_nothrow_move_assignable (20.9.4.3). 3918 if (T.isPODType(C)) 3919 return true; 3920 3921 if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>()) 3922 return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C, 3923 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialMoveAssignment, 3924 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment, 3925 &CXXMethodDecl::isMoveAssignmentOperator); 3926 return false; 3927 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy: 3928 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3929 // If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else 3930 // if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are 3931 // known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is 3932 // false. 3933 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 3934 return true; 3935 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 3936 if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 3937 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 3938 return true; 3939 3940 bool FoundConstructor = false; 3941 unsigned FoundTQs; 3942 for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) { 3943 // A template constructor is never a copy constructor. 3944 // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload 3945 // resolution point. 3946 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) 3947 continue; 3948 const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND); 3949 if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) { 3950 FoundConstructor = true; 3951 const FunctionProtoType *CPT 3952 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3953 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 3954 if (!CPT) 3955 return false; 3956 // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw. 3957 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw. 3958 if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 1) 3959 return false; 3960 } 3961 } 3962 3963 return FoundConstructor; 3964 } 3965 return false; 3966 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor: 3967 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 3968 // If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is 3969 // true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array 3970 // thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to 3971 // throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false. 3972 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 3973 return true; 3974 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 3975 if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 3976 !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 3977 return true; 3978 3979 bool FoundConstructor = false; 3980 for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) { 3981 // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor. 3982 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) 3983 continue; 3984 const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND); 3985 if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) { 3986 FoundConstructor = true; 3987 const FunctionProtoType *CPT 3988 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3989 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 3990 if (!CPT) 3991 return false; 3992 // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw. 3993 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw. 3994 if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 0) 3995 return false; 3996 } 3997 } 3998 return FoundConstructor; 3999 } 4000 return false; 4001 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor: 4002 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4003 // If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor]) 4004 // then the trait is true, else it is false. 4005 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4006 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD)) 4007 return Destructor->isVirtual(); 4008 return false; 4009 4010 // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the 4011 // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions: 4012 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index 4013 case UTT_IsCompleteType: 4014 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_): 4015 // Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the 4016 // function call. 4017 return !T->isIncompleteType(); 4018 } 4019 } 4020 4021 /// \brief Determine whether T has a non-trivial Objective-C lifetime in 4022 /// ARC mode. 4023 static bool hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(QualType T) { 4024 switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) { 4025 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4026 return false; 4027 4028 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4029 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4030 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4031 return true; 4032 4033 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 4034 return T->isObjCLifetimeType(); 4035 } 4036 4037 llvm_unreachable("Unknown ObjC lifetime qualifier"); 4038 } 4039 4040 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT, 4041 QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc); 4042 4043 static bool evaluateTypeTrait(Sema &S, TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4044 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4045 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4046 if (Kind <= UTT_Last) 4047 return EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType()); 4048 4049 if (Kind <= BTT_Last) 4050 return EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, Args[0]->getType(), 4051 Args[1]->getType(), RParenLoc); 4052 4053 switch (Kind) { 4054 case clang::TT_IsConstructible: 4055 case clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible: 4056 case clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible: { 4057 // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]: 4058 // is_trivially_constructible is defined as: 4059 // 4060 // is_constructible<T, Args...>::value is true and the variable 4061 // definition for is_constructible, as defined below, is known to call 4062 // no operation that is not trivial. 4063 // 4064 // The predicate condition for a template specialization 4065 // is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the 4066 // following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented 4067 // variable t: 4068 // 4069 // T t(create<Args>()...); 4070 assert(!Args.empty()); 4071 4072 // Precondition: T and all types in the parameter pack Args shall be 4073 // complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) void, or arrays of 4074 // unknown bound. 4075 for (const auto *TSI : Args) { 4076 QualType ArgTy = TSI->getType(); 4077 if (ArgTy->isVoidType() || ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 4078 continue; 4079 4080 if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy, 4081 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4082 return false; 4083 } 4084 4085 // Make sure the first argument is a complete type. 4086 if (Args[0]->getType()->isIncompleteType()) 4087 return false; 4088 4089 // Make sure the first argument is not an abstract type. 4090 CXXRecordDecl *RD = Args[0]->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 4091 if (RD && RD->isAbstract()) 4092 return false; 4093 4094 SmallVector<OpaqueValueExpr, 2> OpaqueArgExprs; 4095 SmallVector<Expr *, 2> ArgExprs; 4096 ArgExprs.reserve(Args.size() - 1); 4097 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4098 QualType T = Args[I]->getType(); 4099 if (T->isObjectType() || T->isFunctionType()) 4100 T = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(T); 4101 OpaqueArgExprs.push_back( 4102 OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), 4103 T.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context), 4104 Expr::getValueKindForType(T))); 4105 } 4106 for (Expr &E : OpaqueArgExprs) 4107 ArgExprs.push_back(&E); 4108 4109 // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4110 // trap at translation unit scope. 4111 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(S, Sema::Unevaluated); 4112 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(S, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4113 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(S, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4114 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Args[0])); 4115 InitializationKind InitKind(InitializationKind::CreateDirect(KWLoc, KWLoc, 4116 RParenLoc)); 4117 InitializationSequence Init(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs); 4118 if (Init.Failed()) 4119 return false; 4120 4121 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs); 4122 if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred()) 4123 return false; 4124 4125 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsConstructible) 4126 return true; 4127 4128 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible) 4129 return S.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot; 4130 4131 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible) { 4132 // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C 4133 // lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction. 4134 if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 4135 hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(Args[0]->getType().getNonReferenceType())) 4136 return false; 4137 4138 // The initialization succeeded; now make sure there are no non-trivial 4139 // calls. 4140 return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(S.Context); 4141 } 4142 4143 llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait"); 4144 return false; 4145 } 4146 default: llvm_unreachable("not a TT"); 4147 } 4148 4149 return false; 4150 } 4151 4152 ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4153 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4154 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4155 QualType ResultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType(); 4156 4157 if (Kind <= UTT_Last && !CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness( 4158 *this, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType())) 4159 return ExprError(); 4160 4161 bool Dependent = false; 4162 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4163 if (Args[I]->getType()->isDependentType()) { 4164 Dependent = true; 4165 break; 4166 } 4167 } 4168 4169 bool Result = false; 4170 if (!Dependent) 4171 Result = evaluateTypeTrait(*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args, RParenLoc); 4172 4173 return TypeTraitExpr::Create(Context, ResultType, KWLoc, Kind, Args, 4174 RParenLoc, Result); 4175 } 4176 4177 ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4178 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 4179 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4180 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ConvertedArgs; 4181 ConvertedArgs.reserve(Args.size()); 4182 4183 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4184 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4185 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Args[I], &TInfo); 4186 if (!TInfo) 4187 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KWLoc); 4188 4189 ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo); 4190 } 4191 4192 return BuildTypeTrait(Kind, KWLoc, ConvertedArgs, RParenLoc); 4193 } 4194 4195 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT, 4196 QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc) { 4197 assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() && 4198 "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types"); 4199 4200 switch(BTT) { 4201 case BTT_IsBaseOf: { 4202 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2 4203 // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or 4204 // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without 4205 // regard to cv-qualifiers. 4206 4207 const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>(); 4208 if (!lhsRecord) return false; 4209 4210 const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>(); 4211 if (!rhsRecord) return false; 4212 4213 assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT) 4214 == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)); 4215 4216 if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord) 4217 return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion(); 4218 4219 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2: 4220 // If Base and Derived are class types and are different types 4221 // (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a 4222 // complete type. 4223 if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 4224 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4225 return false; 4226 4227 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl()) 4228 ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl())); 4229 } 4230 case BTT_IsSame: 4231 return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT); 4232 case BTT_TypeCompatible: 4233 return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(LhsT.getUnqualifiedType(), 4234 RhsT.getUnqualifiedType()); 4235 case BTT_IsConvertible: 4236 case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: { 4237 // C++0x [meta.rel]p4: 4238 // Given the following function prototype: 4239 // 4240 // template <class T> 4241 // typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create(); 4242 // 4243 // the predicate condition for a template specialization 4244 // is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if 4245 // the return expression in the following code would be 4246 // well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return 4247 // type of the function: 4248 // 4249 // To test() { 4250 // return create<From>(); 4251 // } 4252 // 4253 // Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and 4254 // From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression 4255 // of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type) 4256 // is considered. 4257 // 4258 // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary 4259 // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the 4260 // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply). 4261 4262 // Functions aren't allowed to return function or array types. 4263 if (RhsT->isFunctionType() || RhsT->isArrayType()) 4264 return false; 4265 4266 // A return statement in a void function must have void type. 4267 if (RhsT->isVoidType()) 4268 return LhsT->isVoidType(); 4269 4270 // A function definition requires a complete, non-abstract return type. 4271 if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 0) || 4272 Self.RequireNonAbstractType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 0)) 4273 return false; 4274 4275 // Compute the result of add_rvalue_reference. 4276 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType()) 4277 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT); 4278 4279 // Build a fake source and destination for initialization. 4280 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT)); 4281 OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4282 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT)); 4283 Expr *FromPtr = &From; 4284 InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc, 4285 SourceLocation())); 4286 4287 // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4288 // trap at translation unit scope. 4289 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated); 4290 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4291 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4292 InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr); 4293 if (Init.Failed()) 4294 return false; 4295 4296 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr); 4297 return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred(); 4298 } 4299 4300 case BTT_IsNothrowAssignable: 4301 case BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable: { 4302 // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]p3: 4303 // is_trivially_assignable is defined as: 4304 // is_assignable<T, U>::value is true and the assignment, as defined by 4305 // is_assignable, is known to call no operation that is not trivial 4306 // 4307 // is_assignable is defined as: 4308 // The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when 4309 // treated as an unevaluated operand (Clause 5). 4310 // 4311 // For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) 4312 // void, or arrays of unknown bound. 4313 if (!LhsT->isVoidType() && !LhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() && 4314 Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT, 4315 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4316 return false; 4317 if (!RhsT->isVoidType() && !RhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() && 4318 Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 4319 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4320 return false; 4321 4322 // cv void is never assignable. 4323 if (LhsT->isVoidType() || RhsT->isVoidType()) 4324 return false; 4325 4326 // Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and 4327 // declval<U>(). 4328 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType()) 4329 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT); 4330 if (RhsT->isObjectType() || RhsT->isFunctionType()) 4331 RhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(RhsT); 4332 OpaqueValueExpr Lhs(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4333 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT)); 4334 OpaqueValueExpr Rhs(KeyLoc, RhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4335 Expr::getValueKindForType(RhsT)); 4336 4337 // Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4338 // trap at translation unit scope. 4339 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated); 4340 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4341 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4342 ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/nullptr, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs, 4343 &Rhs); 4344 if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred()) 4345 return false; 4346 4347 if (BTT == BTT_IsNothrowAssignable) 4348 return Self.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot; 4349 4350 if (BTT == BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable) { 4351 // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C 4352 // lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment. 4353 if (Self.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 4354 hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(LhsT.getNonReferenceType())) 4355 return false; 4356 4357 return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(Self.Context); 4358 } 4359 4360 llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait"); 4361 return false; 4362 } 4363 default: llvm_unreachable("not a BTT"); 4364 } 4365 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented"); 4366 } 4367 4368 ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4369 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4370 ParsedType Ty, 4371 Expr* DimExpr, 4372 SourceLocation RParen) { 4373 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo; 4374 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo); 4375 if (!TSInfo) 4376 TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 4377 4378 return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen); 4379 } 4380 4381 static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4382 QualType T, Expr *DimExpr, 4383 SourceLocation KeyLoc) { 4384 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type"); 4385 4386 switch(ATT) { 4387 case ATT_ArrayRank: 4388 if (T->isArrayType()) { 4389 unsigned Dim = 0; 4390 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { 4391 ++Dim; 4392 T = AT->getElementType(); 4393 } 4394 return Dim; 4395 } 4396 return 0; 4397 4398 case ATT_ArrayExtent: { 4399 llvm::APSInt Value; 4400 uint64_t Dim; 4401 if (Self.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(DimExpr, &Value, 4402 diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer, 4403 false).isInvalid()) 4404 return 0; 4405 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 4406 Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer) 4407 << DimExpr->getSourceRange(); 4408 return 0; 4409 } 4410 Dim = Value.getLimitedValue(); 4411 4412 if (T->isArrayType()) { 4413 unsigned D = 0; 4414 bool Matched = false; 4415 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { 4416 if (Dim == D) { 4417 Matched = true; 4418 break; 4419 } 4420 ++D; 4421 T = AT->getElementType(); 4422 } 4423 4424 if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) { 4425 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T)) 4426 return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue(); 4427 } 4428 } 4429 return 0; 4430 } 4431 } 4432 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented"); 4433 } 4434 4435 ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4436 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4437 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 4438 Expr* DimExpr, 4439 SourceLocation RParen) { 4440 QualType T = TSInfo->getType(); 4441 4442 // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host 4443 // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target. 4444 uint64_t Value = 0; 4445 if (!T->isDependentType()) 4446 Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc); 4447 4448 // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++ 4449 // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang 4450 // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero 4451 // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an 4452 // important distinction. 4453 return new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value, DimExpr, 4454 RParen, Context.getSizeType()); 4455 } 4456 4457 ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, 4458 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4459 Expr *Queried, 4460 SourceLocation RParen) { 4461 // If error parsing the expression, ignore. 4462 if (!Queried) 4463 return ExprError(); 4464 4465 ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen); 4466 4467 return Result; 4468 } 4469 4470 static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) { 4471 switch (ET) { 4472 case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue(); 4473 case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue(); 4474 } 4475 llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch"); 4476 } 4477 4478 ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, 4479 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4480 Expr *Queried, 4481 SourceLocation RParen) { 4482 if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) { 4483 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions. 4484 } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { 4485 ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried); 4486 if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 4487 return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.get(), RParen); 4488 } 4489 4490 bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried); 4491 4492 return new (Context) 4493 ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value, RParen, Context.BoolTy); 4494 } 4495 4496 QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 4497 ExprValueKind &VK, 4498 SourceLocation Loc, 4499 bool isIndirect) { 4500 assert(!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && 4501 !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && 4502 "placeholders should have been weeded out by now"); 4503 4504 // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*. 4505 if (isIndirect) { 4506 LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); 4507 if (LHS.isInvalid()) return QualType(); 4508 } 4509 4510 // The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions. 4511 RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); 4512 if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType(); 4513 4514 const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*"; 4515 // C++ 5.5p2 4516 // The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall 4517 // be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined 4518 // class type) [...] 4519 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); 4520 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RHSType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 4521 if (!MemPtr) { 4522 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs) 4523 << OpSpelling << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4524 return QualType(); 4525 } 4526 4527 QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0); 4528 4529 // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the 4530 // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no 4531 // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by 4532 // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is 4533 // likely to be considered a defect. 4534 4535 // C++ 5.5p2 4536 // [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of 4537 // which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to 4538 // such a class] 4539 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); 4540 if (isIndirect) { 4541 if (const PointerType *Ptr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>()) 4542 LHSType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 4543 else { 4544 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) 4545 << OpSpelling << 1 << LHSType 4546 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*"); 4547 return QualType(); 4548 } 4549 } 4550 4551 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LHSType)) { 4552 // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type. 4553 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LHSType, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs, 4554 OpSpelling, (int)isIndirect)) { 4555 return QualType(); 4556 } 4557 4558 if (!IsDerivedFrom(LHSType, Class)) { 4559 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling 4560 << (int)isIndirect << LHS.get()->getType(); 4561 return QualType(); 4562 } 4563 4564 CXXCastPath BasePath; 4565 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(LHSType, Class, Loc, 4566 SourceRange(LHS.get()->getLocStart(), 4567 RHS.get()->getLocEnd()), 4568 &BasePath)) 4569 return QualType(); 4570 4571 // Cast LHS to type of use. 4572 QualType UseType = isIndirect ? Context.getPointerType(Class) : Class; 4573 ExprValueKind VK = isIndirect ? VK_RValue : LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 4574 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK, 4575 &BasePath); 4576 } 4577 4578 if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) { 4579 // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as 4580 // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression. 4581 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect; 4582 return QualType(); 4583 } 4584 4585 // C++ 5.5p2 4586 // The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the 4587 // second operand. 4588 // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side, 4589 // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5. 4590 QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType(); 4591 Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LHSType.getCVRQualifiers()); 4592 4593 // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6: 4594 // In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is 4595 // ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with 4596 // ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object 4597 // expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand 4598 // is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&. 4599 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4600 switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) { 4601 case RQ_None: 4602 // Do nothing 4603 break; 4604 4605 case RQ_LValue: 4606 if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue()) 4607 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify) 4608 << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4609 break; 4610 4611 case RQ_RValue: 4612 if (isIndirect || !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue()) 4613 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify) 4614 << RHSType << 0 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4615 break; 4616 } 4617 } 4618 4619 // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6: 4620 // The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer 4621 // to a data member is of the same value category as its 4622 // first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second 4623 // operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The 4624 // result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand 4625 // is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise. 4626 if (Result->isFunctionType()) { 4627 VK = VK_RValue; 4628 return Context.BoundMemberTy; 4629 } else if (isIndirect) { 4630 VK = VK_LValue; 4631 } else { 4632 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 4633 } 4634 4635 return Result; 4636 } 4637 4638 /// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++0x 5.16p3. 4639 /// 4640 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either 4641 /// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be 4642 /// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction. 4643 /// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed 4644 /// as such. 4645 static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To, 4646 SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 4647 bool &HaveConversion, 4648 QualType &ToType) { 4649 HaveConversion = false; 4650 ToType = To->getType(); 4651 4652 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getLocStart(), 4653 SourceLocation()); 4654 // C++0x 5.16p3 4655 // The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1 4656 // can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined 4657 // as follows: 4658 // -- If E2 is an lvalue: 4659 bool ToIsLvalue = To->isLValue(); 4660 if (ToIsLvalue) { 4661 // E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be implicitly converted to 4662 // type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the constraint that in the 4663 // conversion the reference must bind directly to E1. 4664 QualType T = Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType); 4665 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T); 4666 4667 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4668 if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) { 4669 ToType = T; 4670 HaveConversion = true; 4671 return false; 4672 } 4673 4674 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 4675 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4676 } 4677 4678 // -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done: 4679 // -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are 4680 // the same or one is a base class of the other: 4681 QualType FTy = From->getType(); 4682 QualType TTy = To->getType(); 4683 const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 4684 const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 4685 bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec && 4686 Self.IsDerivedFrom(FTy, TTy); 4687 if (FRec && TRec && 4688 (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT || Self.IsDerivedFrom(TTy, FTy))) { 4689 // E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the 4690 // same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and 4691 // [cv2 > cv1]. 4692 if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) { 4693 if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) { 4694 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy); 4695 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4696 if (InitSeq) { 4697 HaveConversion = true; 4698 return false; 4699 } 4700 4701 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 4702 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4703 } 4704 } 4705 4706 return false; 4707 } 4708 4709 // -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be 4710 // implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have 4711 // if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is 4712 // an rvalue). 4713 // 4714 // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not 4715 // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions. 4716 if (!TTy->getAs<TagType>()) 4717 TTy = TTy.getUnqualifiedType(); 4718 4719 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy); 4720 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4721 HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed(); 4722 ToType = TTy; 4723 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 4724 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4725 4726 return false; 4727 } 4728 4729 /// \brief Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5. 4730 /// 4731 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either 4732 /// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a 4733 /// conversion to a common type. 4734 static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 4735 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 4736 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() }; 4737 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc, 4738 OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); 4739 Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args, 4740 CandidateSet); 4741 4742 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; 4743 switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) { 4744 case OR_Success: { 4745 // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on. 4746 ExprResult LHSRes = 4747 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0], 4748 Best->Conversions[0], Sema::AA_Converting); 4749 if (LHSRes.isInvalid()) 4750 break; 4751 LHS = LHSRes; 4752 4753 ExprResult RHSRes = 4754 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1], 4755 Best->Conversions[1], Sema::AA_Converting); 4756 if (RHSRes.isInvalid()) 4757 break; 4758 RHS = RHSRes; 4759 if (Best->Function) 4760 Self.MarkFunctionReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function); 4761 return false; 4762 } 4763 4764 case OR_No_Viable_Function: 4765 4766 // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer 4767 // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most 4768 // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression. 4769 if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) 4770 return true; 4771 4772 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 4773 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 4774 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4775 return true; 4776 4777 case OR_Ambiguous: 4778 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl) 4779 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 4780 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4781 // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of 4782 // the viable candidates. 4783 break; 4784 4785 case OR_Deleted: 4786 llvm_unreachable("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads"); 4787 } 4788 return true; 4789 } 4790 4791 /// \brief Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by 4792 /// TryClassUnification. 4793 static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) { 4794 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T); 4795 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getLocStart(), 4796 SourceLocation()); 4797 Expr *Arg = E.get(); 4798 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg); 4799 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg); 4800 if (Result.isInvalid()) 4801 return true; 4802 4803 E = Result; 4804 return false; 4805 } 4806 4807 /// \brief Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics. 4808 /// 4809 /// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y 4810 /// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.) 4811 QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, 4812 ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 4813 ExprObjectKind &OK, 4814 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 4815 // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++ 4816 // interface pointers. 4817 4818 // C++11 [expr.cond]p1 4819 // The first expression is contextually converted to bool. 4820 if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) { 4821 ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.get()); 4822 if (CondRes.isInvalid()) 4823 return QualType(); 4824 Cond = CondRes; 4825 } 4826 4827 // Assume r-value. 4828 VK = VK_RValue; 4829 OK = OK_Ordinary; 4830 4831 // Either of the arguments dependent? 4832 if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent()) 4833 return Context.DependentTy; 4834 4835 // C++11 [expr.cond]p2 4836 // If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ... 4837 QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 4838 QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 4839 bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType(); 4840 bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType(); 4841 if (LVoid || RVoid) { 4842 // ... one of the following shall hold: 4843 // -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a (possibly 4844 // parenthesized) throw-expression; the result is of the type 4845 // and value category of the other. 4846 bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 4847 bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 4848 if (LThrow != RThrow) { 4849 Expr *NonThrow = LThrow ? RHS.get() : LHS.get(); 4850 VK = NonThrow->getValueKind(); 4851 // DR (no number yet): the result is a bit-field if the 4852 // non-throw-expression operand is a bit-field. 4853 OK = NonThrow->getObjectKind(); 4854 return NonThrow->getType(); 4855 } 4856 4857 // -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of 4858 // type void and is a prvalue. 4859 if (LVoid && RVoid) 4860 return Context.VoidTy; 4861 4862 // Neither holds, error. 4863 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid) 4864 << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1) 4865 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4866 return QualType(); 4867 } 4868 4869 // Neither is void. 4870 4871 // C++11 [expr.cond]p3 4872 // Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and 4873 // either has (cv) class type [...] an attempt is made to convert each of 4874 // those operands to the type of the other. 4875 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && 4876 (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) { 4877 // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous. 4878 QualType L2RType, R2LType; 4879 bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L; 4880 if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType)) 4881 return QualType(); 4882 if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType)) 4883 return QualType(); 4884 4885 // If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed. 4886 if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) { 4887 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous) 4888 << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4889 return QualType(); 4890 } 4891 4892 // If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to 4893 // the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the 4894 // original operands for the remainder of this section. 4895 if (HaveL2R) { 4896 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid()) 4897 return QualType(); 4898 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 4899 } else if (HaveR2L) { 4900 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid()) 4901 return QualType(); 4902 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 4903 } 4904 } 4905 4906 // C++11 [expr.cond]p3 4907 // if both are glvalues of the same value category and the same type except 4908 // for cv-qualification, an attempt is made to convert each of those 4909 // operands to the type of the other. 4910 ExprValueKind LVK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 4911 ExprValueKind RVK = RHS.get()->getValueKind(); 4912 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && 4913 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LTy, RTy) && 4914 LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue) { 4915 // Since the unqualified types are reference-related and we require the 4916 // result to be as if a reference bound directly, the only conversion 4917 // we can perform is to add cv-qualifiers. 4918 Qualifiers LCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(LTy.getCVRQualifiers()); 4919 Qualifiers RCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(RTy.getCVRQualifiers()); 4920 if (RCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(LCVR)) { 4921 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK); 4922 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 4923 } 4924 else if (LCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(RCVR)) { 4925 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK); 4926 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 4927 } 4928 } 4929 4930 // C++11 [expr.cond]p4 4931 // If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value 4932 // category and have the same type, the result is of that type and 4933 // value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third 4934 // operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields. 4935 // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of 4936 // l-values. 4937 bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy); 4938 if (Same && LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue && 4939 LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() && 4940 RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) { 4941 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 4942 if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField || 4943 RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) 4944 OK = OK_BitField; 4945 return LTy; 4946 } 4947 4948 // C++11 [expr.cond]p5 4949 // Otherwise, the result is a prvalue. If the second and third operands 4950 // do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ... 4951 if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) { 4952 // ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any) 4953 // to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the 4954 // program is ill-formed. 4955 if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc)) 4956 return QualType(); 4957 } 4958 4959 // C++11 [expr.cond]p6 4960 // Lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard 4961 // conversions are performed on the second and third operands. 4962 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); 4963 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); 4964 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 4965 return QualType(); 4966 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 4967 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 4968 4969 // After those conversions, one of the following shall hold: 4970 // -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result 4971 // is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result 4972 // is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is 4973 // copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third 4974 // operand depending on the value of the first operand. 4975 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) { 4976 if (LTy->isRecordType()) { 4977 // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy. 4978 if (RequireNonAbstractType(QuestionLoc, LTy, 4979 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 4980 return QualType(); 4981 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy); 4982 4983 ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, 4984 SourceLocation(), 4985 LHS); 4986 if (LHSCopy.isInvalid()) 4987 return QualType(); 4988 4989 ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, 4990 SourceLocation(), 4991 RHS); 4992 if (RHSCopy.isInvalid()) 4993 return QualType(); 4994 4995 LHS = LHSCopy; 4996 RHS = RHSCopy; 4997 } 4998 4999 return LTy; 5000 } 5001 5002 // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types. 5003 if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType()) 5004 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false, 5005 /*AllowBothBool*/true, 5006 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false); 5007 5008 // -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type; 5009 // the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a 5010 // common type, and the result is of that type. 5011 if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) { 5012 QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS); 5013 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 5014 return QualType(); 5015 5016 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy)); 5017 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy)); 5018 5019 return ResTy; 5020 } 5021 5022 // -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer 5023 // type and the other is a null pointer constant, or both are null 5024 // pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral; pointer 5025 // conversions and qualification conversions are performed to bring them 5026 // to their composite pointer type. The result is of the composite 5027 // pointer type. 5028 // -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has 5029 // pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant; 5030 // pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are 5031 // performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification 5032 // shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third 5033 // operand. The result is of the common type. 5034 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false; 5035 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS, 5036 isSFINAEContext() ? nullptr 5037 : &NonStandardCompositeType); 5038 if (!Composite.isNull()) { 5039 if (NonStandardCompositeType) 5040 Diag(QuestionLoc, 5041 diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_nonstandard) 5042 << LTy << RTy << Composite 5043 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5044 5045 return Composite; 5046 } 5047 5048 // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers. 5049 Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc); 5050 if (!Composite.isNull()) 5051 return Composite; 5052 5053 // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type. 5054 if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) 5055 return QualType(); 5056 5057 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 5058 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 5059 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5060 return QualType(); 5061 } 5062 5063 /// \brief Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it. 5064 /// 5065 /// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @p E1 5066 /// and @p E2 according to C++11 5.9p2. It converts both expressions to this 5067 /// type and returns it. 5068 /// It does not emit diagnostics. 5069 /// 5070 /// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to 5071 /// be converted to the composite pointer type. 5072 /// 5073 /// If \p NonStandardCompositeType is non-NULL, then we are permitted to find 5074 /// a non-standard (but still sane) composite type to which both expressions 5075 /// can be converted. When such a type is chosen, \c *NonStandardCompositeType 5076 /// will be set true. 5077 QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 5078 Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 5079 bool *NonStandardCompositeType) { 5080 if (NonStandardCompositeType) 5081 *NonStandardCompositeType = false; 5082 5083 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++"); 5084 QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType(); 5085 5086 // C++11 5.9p2 5087 // Pointer conversions and qualification conversions are performed on 5088 // pointer operands to bring them to their composite pointer type. If 5089 // one operand is a null pointer constant, the composite pointer type is 5090 // std::nullptr_t if the other operand is also a null pointer constant or, 5091 // if the other operand is a pointer, the type of the other operand. 5092 if (!T1->isAnyPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType() && 5093 !T2->isAnyPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()) { 5094 if (T1->isNullPtrType() && 5095 E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5096 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5097 return T1; 5098 } 5099 if (T2->isNullPtrType() && 5100 E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5101 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5102 return T2; 5103 } 5104 return QualType(); 5105 } 5106 5107 if (E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5108 if (T2->isMemberPointerType()) 5109 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get(); 5110 else 5111 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5112 return T2; 5113 } 5114 if (E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5115 if (T1->isMemberPointerType()) 5116 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get(); 5117 else 5118 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5119 return T1; 5120 } 5121 5122 // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers. 5123 if ((!T1->isPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType()) || 5124 (!T2->isPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType())) 5125 return QualType(); 5126 5127 // Otherwise, of one of the operands has type "pointer to cv1 void," then 5128 // the other has type "pointer to cv2 T" and the composite pointer type is 5129 // "pointer to cv12 void," where cv12 is the union of cv1 and cv2. 5130 // Otherwise, the composite pointer type is a pointer type similar to the 5131 // type of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature that is 5132 // the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand types. 5133 // In practice, the first part here is redundant; it's subsumed by the second. 5134 // What we do here is, we build the two possible composite types, and try the 5135 // conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two composite 5136 // types are the same, we have succeeded. 5137 // FIXME: extended qualifiers? 5138 typedef SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierVector; 5139 QualifierVector QualifierUnion; 5140 typedef SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4> 5141 ContainingClassVector; 5142 ContainingClassVector MemberOfClass; 5143 QualType Composite1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1), 5144 Composite2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2); 5145 unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0; 5146 do { 5147 const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2; 5148 if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5149 (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) { 5150 Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType(); 5151 Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType(); 5152 5153 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track 5154 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers. 5155 if (NonStandardCompositeType && 5156 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()) 5157 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size(); 5158 5159 QualifierUnion.push_back( 5160 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()); 5161 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(nullptr, nullptr)); 5162 continue; 5163 } 5164 5165 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2; 5166 if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) && 5167 (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) { 5168 Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType(); 5169 Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType(); 5170 5171 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track 5172 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers. 5173 if (NonStandardCompositeType && 5174 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()) 5175 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size(); 5176 5177 QualifierUnion.push_back( 5178 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()); 5179 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(), 5180 MemPtr2->getClass())); 5181 continue; 5182 } 5183 5184 // FIXME: block pointer types? 5185 5186 // Cannot unwrap any more types. 5187 break; 5188 } while (true); 5189 5190 if (NeedConstBefore && NonStandardCompositeType) { 5191 // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier 5192 // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the 5193 // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3. 5194 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I) { 5195 if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 5196 QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const; 5197 *NonStandardCompositeType = true; 5198 } 5199 } 5200 } 5201 5202 // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs. 5203 ContainingClassVector::reverse_iterator MOC 5204 = MemberOfClass.rbegin(); 5205 for (QualifierVector::reverse_iterator 5206 I = QualifierUnion.rbegin(), 5207 E = QualifierUnion.rend(); 5208 I != E; (void)++I, ++MOC) { 5209 Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(*I); 5210 if (MOC->first && MOC->second) { 5211 // Rebuild member pointer type 5212 Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType( 5213 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals), 5214 MOC->first); 5215 Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType( 5216 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals), 5217 MOC->second); 5218 } else { 5219 // Rebuild pointer type 5220 Composite1 5221 = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals)); 5222 Composite2 5223 = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals)); 5224 } 5225 } 5226 5227 // Try to convert to the first composite pointer type. 5228 InitializedEntity Entity1 5229 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite1); 5230 InitializationKind Kind 5231 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation()); 5232 InitializationSequence E1ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1); 5233 InitializationSequence E2ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2); 5234 5235 if (E1ToC1 && E2ToC1) { 5236 // Conversion to Composite1 is viable. 5237 if (!Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) { 5238 // Composite2 is a different type from Composite1. Check whether 5239 // Composite2 is also viable. 5240 InitializedEntity Entity2 5241 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2); 5242 InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1); 5243 InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2); 5244 if (E1ToC2 && E2ToC2) { 5245 // Both Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different; 5246 // this is an ambiguity. 5247 return QualType(); 5248 } 5249 } 5250 5251 // Convert E1 to Composite1 5252 ExprResult E1Result 5253 = E1ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1); 5254 if (E1Result.isInvalid()) 5255 return QualType(); 5256 E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5257 5258 // Convert E2 to Composite1 5259 ExprResult E2Result 5260 = E2ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2); 5261 if (E2Result.isInvalid()) 5262 return QualType(); 5263 E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5264 5265 return Composite1; 5266 } 5267 5268 // Check whether Composite2 is viable. 5269 InitializedEntity Entity2 5270 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2); 5271 InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1); 5272 InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2); 5273 if (!E1ToC2 || !E2ToC2) 5274 return QualType(); 5275 5276 // Convert E1 to Composite2 5277 ExprResult E1Result 5278 = E1ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1); 5279 if (E1Result.isInvalid()) 5280 return QualType(); 5281 E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5282 5283 // Convert E2 to Composite2 5284 ExprResult E2Result 5285 = E2ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2); 5286 if (E2Result.isInvalid()) 5287 return QualType(); 5288 E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5289 5290 return Composite2; 5291 } 5292 5293 ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) { 5294 if (!E) 5295 return ExprError(); 5296 5297 assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?"); 5298 5299 // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it. 5300 if (!E->isRValue()) 5301 return E; 5302 5303 // In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained, 5304 // in which case we have to insert a consuming cast. 5305 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 5306 E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) { 5307 5308 bool ReturnsRetained; 5309 5310 // For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the 5311 // called value. 5312 if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) { 5313 Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens(); 5314 QualType T = Callee->getType(); 5315 5316 if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) { 5317 // Handle pointer-to-members. 5318 if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee)) 5319 T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType(); 5320 else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee)) 5321 T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType(); 5322 } 5323 5324 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 5325 T = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5326 else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) 5327 T = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5328 else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 5329 T = MemPtr->getPointeeType(); 5330 5331 const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5332 assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?"); 5333 ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult(); 5334 5335 // ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable 5336 // type always produce a +1 object. 5337 } else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) { 5338 ReturnsRetained = true; 5339 5340 // We hit this case with the lambda conversion-to-block optimization; 5341 // we don't want any extra casts here. 5342 } else if (isa<CastExpr>(E) && 5343 isa<BlockExpr>(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr())) { 5344 return E; 5345 5346 // For message sends and property references, we try to find an 5347 // actual method. FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in 5348 // cases where we don't have an actual method. 5349 } else { 5350 ObjCMethodDecl *D = nullptr; 5351 if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) { 5352 D = Send->getMethodDecl(); 5353 } else if (ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) { 5354 D = BoxedExpr->getBoxingMethod(); 5355 } else if (ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLit = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E)) { 5356 D = ArrayLit->getArrayWithObjectsMethod(); 5357 } else if (ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictLit 5358 = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E)) { 5359 D = DictLit->getDictWithObjectsMethod(); 5360 } 5361 5362 ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>()); 5363 5364 // Don't do reclaims on performSelector calls; despite their 5365 // return type, the invoked method doesn't necessarily actually 5366 // return an object. 5367 if (!ReturnsRetained && 5368 D && D->getMethodFamily() == OMF_performSelector) 5369 return E; 5370 } 5371 5372 // Don't reclaim an object of Class type. 5373 if (!ReturnsRetained && E->getType()->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType()) 5374 return E; 5375 5376 ExprNeedsCleanups = true; 5377 5378 CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ARCConsumeObject 5379 : CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject); 5380 return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, nullptr, 5381 VK_RValue); 5382 } 5383 5384 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5385 return E; 5386 5387 // Search for the base element type (cf. ASTContext::getBaseElementType) with 5388 // a fast path for the common case that the type is directly a RecordType. 5389 const Type *T = Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType().getTypePtr()); 5390 const RecordType *RT = nullptr; 5391 while (!RT) { 5392 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 5393 case Type::Record: 5394 RT = cast<RecordType>(T); 5395 break; 5396 case Type::ConstantArray: 5397 case Type::IncompleteArray: 5398 case Type::VariableArray: 5399 case Type::DependentSizedArray: 5400 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 5401 break; 5402 default: 5403 return E; 5404 } 5405 } 5406 5407 // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete, if we're 5408 // not processing a decltype expression. 5409 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 5410 if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->isDependentContext()) 5411 return E; 5412 5413 bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype; 5414 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? nullptr : LookupDestructor(RD); 5415 5416 if (Destructor) { 5417 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 5418 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 5419 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp) 5420 << E->getType()); 5421 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc())) 5422 return ExprError(); 5423 5424 // If destructor is trivial, we can avoid the extra copy. 5425 if (Destructor->isTrivial()) 5426 return E; 5427 5428 // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary. 5429 ExprNeedsCleanups = true; 5430 } 5431 5432 CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor); 5433 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E); 5434 5435 if (IsDecltype) 5436 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.push_back(Bind); 5437 5438 return Bind; 5439 } 5440 5441 ExprResult 5442 Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) { 5443 if (SubExpr.isInvalid()) 5444 return ExprError(); 5445 5446 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.get()); 5447 } 5448 5449 Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) { 5450 assert(SubExpr && "subexpression can't be null!"); 5451 5452 CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 5453 5454 unsigned FirstCleanup = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects; 5455 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup); 5456 assert(ExprNeedsCleanups || ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup); 5457 if (!ExprNeedsCleanups) 5458 return SubExpr; 5459 5460 auto Cleanups = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup, 5461 ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup); 5462 5463 Expr *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create(Context, SubExpr, Cleanups); 5464 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 5465 5466 return E; 5467 } 5468 5469 Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) { 5470 assert(SubStmt && "sub-statement can't be null!"); 5471 5472 CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 5473 5474 if (!ExprNeedsCleanups) 5475 return SubStmt; 5476 5477 // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into 5478 // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements. 5479 // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or 5480 // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries. 5481 CompoundStmt *CompStmt = new (Context) CompoundStmt(Context, SubStmt, 5482 SourceLocation(), 5483 SourceLocation()); 5484 Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(), 5485 SourceLocation()); 5486 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E); 5487 } 5488 5489 /// Process the expression contained within a decltype. For such expressions, 5490 /// certain semantic checks on temporaries are delayed until this point, and 5491 /// are omitted for the 'topmost' call in the decltype expression. If the 5492 /// topmost call bound a temporary, strip that temporary off the expression. 5493 ExprResult Sema::ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E) { 5494 assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype && "not in a decltype expression"); 5495 5496 // C++11 [expr.call]p11: 5497 // If a function call is a prvalue of object type, 5498 // -- if the function call is either 5499 // -- the operand of a decltype-specifier, or 5500 // -- the right operand of a comma operator that is the operand of a 5501 // decltype-specifier, 5502 // a temporary object is not introduced for the prvalue. 5503 5504 // Recursively rebuild ParenExprs and comma expressions to strip out the 5505 // outermost CXXBindTemporaryExpr, if any. 5506 if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) { 5507 ExprResult SubExpr = ActOnDecltypeExpression(PE->getSubExpr()); 5508 if (SubExpr.isInvalid()) 5509 return ExprError(); 5510 if (SubExpr.get() == PE->getSubExpr()) 5511 return E; 5512 return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.get()); 5513 } 5514 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 5515 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 5516 ExprResult RHS = ActOnDecltypeExpression(BO->getRHS()); 5517 if (RHS.isInvalid()) 5518 return ExprError(); 5519 if (RHS.get() == BO->getRHS()) 5520 return E; 5521 return new (Context) BinaryOperator( 5522 BO->getLHS(), RHS.get(), BO_Comma, BO->getType(), BO->getValueKind(), 5523 BO->getObjectKind(), BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->isFPContractable()); 5524 } 5525 } 5526 5527 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *TopBind = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E); 5528 CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr()) 5529 : nullptr; 5530 if (TopCall) 5531 E = TopCall; 5532 else 5533 TopBind = nullptr; 5534 5535 // Disable the special decltype handling now. 5536 ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype = false; 5537 5538 // In MS mode, don't perform any extra checking of call return types within a 5539 // decltype expression. 5540 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 5541 return E; 5542 5543 // Perform the semantic checks we delayed until this point. 5544 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.size(); 5545 I != N; ++I) { 5546 CallExpr *Call = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls[I]; 5547 if (Call == TopCall) 5548 continue; 5549 5550 if (CheckCallReturnType(Call->getCallReturnType(Context), 5551 Call->getLocStart(), 5552 Call, Call->getDirectCallee())) 5553 return ExprError(); 5554 } 5555 5556 // Now all relevant types are complete, check the destructors are accessible 5557 // and non-deleted, and annotate them on the temporaries. 5558 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.size(); 5559 I != N; ++I) { 5560 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = 5561 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds[I]; 5562 if (Bind == TopBind) 5563 continue; 5564 5565 CXXTemporary *Temp = Bind->getTemporary(); 5566 5567 CXXRecordDecl *RD = 5568 Bind->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5569 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD); 5570 Temp->setDestructor(Destructor); 5571 5572 MarkFunctionReferenced(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 5573 CheckDestructorAccess(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 5574 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp) 5575 << Bind->getType()); 5576 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Bind->getExprLoc())) 5577 return ExprError(); 5578 5579 // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary. 5580 ExprNeedsCleanups = true; 5581 } 5582 5583 // Possibly strip off the top CXXBindTemporaryExpr. 5584 return E; 5585 } 5586 5587 /// Note a set of 'operator->' functions that were used for a member access. 5588 static void noteOperatorArrows(Sema &S, 5589 ArrayRef<FunctionDecl *> OperatorArrows) { 5590 unsigned SkipStart = OperatorArrows.size(), SkipCount = 0; 5591 // FIXME: Make this configurable? 5592 unsigned Limit = 9; 5593 if (OperatorArrows.size() > Limit) { 5594 // Produce Limit-1 normal notes and one 'skipping' note. 5595 SkipStart = (Limit - 1) / 2 + (Limit - 1) % 2; 5596 SkipCount = OperatorArrows.size() - (Limit - 1); 5597 } 5598 5599 for (unsigned I = 0; I < OperatorArrows.size(); /**/) { 5600 if (I == SkipStart) { 5601 S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), 5602 diag::note_operator_arrows_suppressed) 5603 << SkipCount; 5604 I += SkipCount; 5605 } else { 5606 S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), diag::note_operator_arrow_here) 5607 << OperatorArrows[I]->getCallResultType(); 5608 ++I; 5609 } 5610 } 5611 } 5612 5613 ExprResult Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 5614 SourceLocation OpLoc, 5615 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 5616 ParsedType &ObjectType, 5617 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) { 5618 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. 5619 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base); 5620 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 5621 Base = Result.get(); 5622 5623 Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); 5624 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 5625 Base = Result.get(); 5626 5627 QualType BaseType = Base->getType(); 5628 MayBePseudoDestructor = false; 5629 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) { 5630 // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator, 5631 // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still 5632 // have enough information about that type to do something useful. 5633 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) 5634 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) 5635 BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5636 5637 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 5638 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 5639 return Base; 5640 } 5641 5642 // C++ [over.match.oper]p8: 5643 // [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied to the value 5644 // returned, with the original second operand. 5645 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) { 5646 QualType StartingType = BaseType; 5647 bool NoArrowOperatorFound = false; 5648 bool FirstIteration = true; 5649 FunctionDecl *CurFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext); 5650 // The set of types we've considered so far. 5651 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes; 5652 SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 8> OperatorArrows; 5653 CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType)); 5654 5655 while (BaseType->isRecordType()) { 5656 if (OperatorArrows.size() >= getLangOpts().ArrowDepth) { 5657 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_depth_exceeded) 5658 << StartingType << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth << Base->getSourceRange(); 5659 noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows); 5660 Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_operator_arrow_depth) 5661 << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth; 5662 return ExprError(); 5663 } 5664 5665 Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr( 5666 S, Base, OpLoc, 5667 // When in a template specialization and on the first loop iteration, 5668 // potentially give the default diagnostic (with the fixit in a 5669 // separate note) instead of having the error reported back to here 5670 // and giving a diagnostic with a fixit attached to the error itself. 5671 (FirstIteration && CurFD && CurFD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 5672 ? nullptr 5673 : &NoArrowOperatorFound); 5674 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5675 if (NoArrowOperatorFound) { 5676 if (FirstIteration) { 5677 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 5678 << BaseType << 1 << Base->getSourceRange() 5679 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); 5680 OpKind = tok::period; 5681 break; 5682 } 5683 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow) 5684 << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange(); 5685 CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Base); 5686 if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : nullptr)) { 5687 Diag(CD->getLocStart(), 5688 diag::note_member_reference_arrow_from_operator_arrow); 5689 } 5690 } 5691 return ExprError(); 5692 } 5693 Base = Result.get(); 5694 if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base)) 5695 OperatorArrows.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee()); 5696 BaseType = Base->getType(); 5697 CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType); 5698 if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType).second) { 5699 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular) << StartingType; 5700 noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows); 5701 return ExprError(); 5702 } 5703 FirstIteration = false; 5704 } 5705 5706 if (OpKind == tok::arrow && 5707 (BaseType->isPointerType() || BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) 5708 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); 5709 } 5710 5711 // Objective-C properties allow "." access on Objective-C pointer types, 5712 // so adjust the base type to the object type itself. 5713 if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 5714 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); 5715 5716 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2: 5717 // [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar 5718 // type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete 5719 // postfix-expression. 5720 // 5721 // This also indicates that we could be parsing a pseudo-destructor-name. 5722 // Note that Objective-C class and object types can be pseudo-destructor 5723 // expressions or normal member (ivar or property) access expressions. 5724 if (BaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) { 5725 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 5726 } else if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) { 5727 ObjectType = ParsedType(); 5728 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 5729 return Base; 5730 } 5731 5732 // The object type must be complete (or dependent), or 5733 // C++11 [expr.prim.general]p3: 5734 // Unlike the object expression in other contexts, *this is not required to 5735 // be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside 5736 // the member function body. 5737 if (!BaseType->isDependentType() && 5738 !isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(BaseType) && 5739 RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, diag::err_incomplete_member_access)) 5740 return ExprError(); 5741 5742 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2: 5743 // If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an 5744 // unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class 5745 // type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked 5746 // up in the scope of class C. [...] 5747 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 5748 return Base; 5749 } 5750 5751 static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *&Base, 5752 tok::TokenKind& OpKind, SourceLocation OpLoc) { 5753 if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) { 5754 ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); 5755 if (result.isInvalid()) return true; 5756 Base = result.get(); 5757 } 5758 ObjectType = Base->getType(); 5759 5760 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 5761 // The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The 5762 // left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type. 5763 // This scalar type is the object type. 5764 // Note that this is rather different from the normal handling for the 5765 // arrow operator. 5766 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) { 5767 if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) { 5768 ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5769 } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) { 5770 // The user wrote "p->" when she probably meant "p."; fix it. 5771 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 5772 << ObjectType << true 5773 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); 5774 if (S.isSFINAEContext()) 5775 return true; 5776 5777 OpKind = tok::period; 5778 } 5779 } 5780 5781 return false; 5782 } 5783 5784 ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 5785 SourceLocation OpLoc, 5786 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 5787 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5788 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo, 5789 SourceLocation CCLoc, 5790 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 5791 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed) { 5792 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo(); 5793 5794 QualType ObjectType; 5795 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 5796 return ExprError(); 5797 5798 if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType() && 5799 !ObjectType->isVectorType()) { 5800 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && ObjectType->isVoidType()) 5801 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_pseudo_dtor_on_void) << Base->getSourceRange(); 5802 else { 5803 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar) 5804 << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange(); 5805 return ExprError(); 5806 } 5807 } 5808 5809 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 5810 // [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type 5811 // designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type. 5812 if (DestructedTypeInfo) { 5813 QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType(); 5814 SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart 5815 = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(); 5816 if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) { 5817 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) { 5818 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch) 5819 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange() 5820 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 5821 5822 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type. 5823 DestructedType = ObjectType; 5824 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, 5825 DestructedTypeStart); 5826 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 5827 } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() != 5828 ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) { 5829 5830 if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5831 // Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified 5832 // type. 5833 } else { 5834 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals) 5835 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange() 5836 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 5837 } 5838 5839 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type. 5840 DestructedType = ObjectType; 5841 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, 5842 DestructedTypeStart); 5843 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 5844 } 5845 } 5846 } 5847 5848 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 5849 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the 5850 // form 5851 // 5852 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name 5853 // 5854 // shall designate the same scalar type. 5855 if (ScopeTypeInfo) { 5856 QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType(); 5857 if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() && 5858 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) { 5859 5860 Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(), 5861 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch) 5862 << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange() 5863 << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 5864 5865 ScopeType = QualType(); 5866 ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr; 5867 } 5868 } 5869 5870 Expr *Result 5871 = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base, 5872 OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc, 5873 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 5874 ScopeTypeInfo, 5875 CCLoc, 5876 TildeLoc, 5877 Destructed); 5878 5879 return Result; 5880 } 5881 5882 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 5883 SourceLocation OpLoc, 5884 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 5885 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5886 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 5887 SourceLocation CCLoc, 5888 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 5889 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName) { 5890 assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 5891 FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) && 5892 "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor"); 5893 assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 5894 SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) && 5895 "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor"); 5896 5897 QualType ObjectType; 5898 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 5899 return ExprError(); 5900 5901 // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only 5902 // record types and dependent types matter. 5903 ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup; 5904 if (!SS.isSet()) { 5905 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 5906 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType); 5907 else if (ObjectType->isDependentType()) 5908 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy); 5909 } 5910 5911 // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a 5912 // type (with source-location information). 5913 QualType DestructedType; 5914 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = nullptr; 5915 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed; 5916 if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5917 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier, 5918 SecondTypeName.StartLocation, 5919 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup); 5920 if (!T && 5921 ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) || 5922 (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) { 5923 // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we 5924 // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and 5925 // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at 5926 // template instantiation time. 5927 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier, 5928 SecondTypeName.StartLocation); 5929 } else if (!T) { 5930 Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation, 5931 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type) 5932 << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType; 5933 if (isSFINAEContext()) 5934 return ExprError(); 5935 5936 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along. 5937 DestructedType = ObjectType; 5938 } else 5939 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo); 5940 } else { 5941 // Resolve the template-id to a type. 5942 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId; 5943 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 5944 TemplateId->NumArgs); 5945 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS, 5946 TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc, 5947 TemplateId->Template, 5948 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, 5949 TemplateId->LAngleLoc, 5950 TemplateArgsPtr, 5951 TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5952 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) { 5953 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along. 5954 DestructedType = ObjectType; 5955 } else 5956 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo); 5957 } 5958 5959 // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source 5960 // information. 5961 if (!DestructedType.isNull()) { 5962 if (!DestructedTypeInfo) 5963 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType, 5964 SecondTypeName.StartLocation); 5965 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 5966 } 5967 5968 // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type. 5969 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr; 5970 QualType ScopeType; 5971 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 5972 FirstTypeName.Identifier) { 5973 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5974 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier, 5975 FirstTypeName.StartLocation, 5976 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup); 5977 if (!T) { 5978 Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation, 5979 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type) 5980 << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType; 5981 5982 if (isSFINAEContext()) 5983 return ExprError(); 5984 5985 // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway. 5986 ScopeType = QualType(); 5987 } else 5988 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo); 5989 } else { 5990 // Resolve the template-id to a type. 5991 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId; 5992 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 5993 TemplateId->NumArgs); 5994 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS, 5995 TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc, 5996 TemplateId->Template, 5997 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, 5998 TemplateId->LAngleLoc, 5999 TemplateArgsPtr, 6000 TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6001 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) { 6002 // Recover by dropping this type. 6003 ScopeType = QualType(); 6004 } else 6005 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo); 6006 } 6007 } 6008 6009 if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo) 6010 ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType, 6011 FirstTypeName.StartLocation); 6012 6013 6014 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS, 6015 ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc, 6016 Destructed); 6017 } 6018 6019 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6020 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6021 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6022 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 6023 const DeclSpec& DS) { 6024 QualType ObjectType; 6025 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 6026 return ExprError(); 6027 6028 QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), 6029 false); 6030 6031 TypeLocBuilder TLB; 6032 DecltypeTypeLoc DecltypeTL = TLB.push<DecltypeTypeLoc>(T); 6033 DecltypeTL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 6034 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T); 6035 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed(DestructedTypeInfo); 6036 6037 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, CXXScopeSpec(), 6038 nullptr, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc, 6039 Destructed); 6040 } 6041 6042 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 6043 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 6044 bool HadMultipleCandidates) { 6045 if (Method->getParent()->isLambda() && 6046 Method->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType()) { 6047 // This is a lambda coversion to block pointer; check if the argument 6048 // is a LambdaExpr. 6049 Expr *SubE = E; 6050 CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubE); 6051 if (CE && CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 6052 SubE = CE->getSubExpr(); 6053 SubE = SubE->IgnoreParens(); 6054 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(SubE)) 6055 SubE = BE->getSubExpr(); 6056 if (isa<LambdaExpr>(SubE)) { 6057 // For the conversion to block pointer on a lambda expression, we 6058 // construct a special BlockLiteral instead; this doesn't really make 6059 // a difference in ARC, but outside of ARC the resulting block literal 6060 // follows the normal lifetime rules for block literals instead of being 6061 // autoreleased. 6062 DiagnosticErrorTrap Trap(Diags); 6063 ExprResult Exp = BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(E->getExprLoc(), 6064 E->getExprLoc(), 6065 Method, E); 6066 if (Exp.isInvalid()) 6067 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_lambda_to_block_conv); 6068 return Exp; 6069 } 6070 } 6071 6072 ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, 6073 FoundDecl, Method); 6074 if (Exp.isInvalid()) 6075 return true; 6076 6077 MemberExpr *ME = new (Context) MemberExpr( 6078 Exp.get(), /*IsArrow=*/false, SourceLocation(), Method, SourceLocation(), 6079 Context.BoundMemberTy, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary); 6080 if (HadMultipleCandidates) 6081 ME->setHadMultipleCandidates(true); 6082 MarkMemberReferenced(ME); 6083 6084 QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType(); 6085 ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType); 6086 ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context); 6087 6088 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE = 6089 new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, ME, None, ResultType, VK, 6090 Exp.get()->getLocEnd()); 6091 return CE; 6092 } 6093 6094 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 6095 SourceLocation RParen) { 6096 // If the operand is an unresolved lookup expression, the expression is ill- 6097 // formed per [over.over]p1, because overloaded function names cannot be used 6098 // without arguments except in explicit contexts. 6099 ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Operand); 6100 if (R.isInvalid()) 6101 return R; 6102 6103 // The operand may have been modified when checking the placeholder type. 6104 Operand = R.get(); 6105 6106 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 6107 Operand->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) { 6108 // The expression operand for noexcept is in an unevaluated expression 6109 // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences. 6110 Diag(Operand->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); 6111 } 6112 6113 CanThrowResult CanThrow = canThrow(Operand); 6114 return new (Context) 6115 CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand, CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen); 6116 } 6117 6118 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation, 6119 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) { 6120 return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen); 6121 } 6122 6123 static bool IsSpecialDiscardedValue(Expr *E) { 6124 // In C++11, discarded-value expressions of a certain form are special, 6125 // according to [expr]p10: 6126 // The lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) is applied only if the 6127 // expression is an lvalue of volatile-qualified type and it has 6128 // one of the following forms: 6129 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 6130 6131 // - id-expression (5.1.1), 6132 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 6133 return true; 6134 6135 // - subscripting (5.2.1), 6136 if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)) 6137 return true; 6138 6139 // - class member access (5.2.5), 6140 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) 6141 return true; 6142 6143 // - indirection (5.3.1), 6144 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) 6145 if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) 6146 return true; 6147 6148 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 6149 // - pointer-to-member operation (5.5), 6150 if (BO->isPtrMemOp()) 6151 return true; 6152 6153 // - comma expression (5.18) where the right operand is one of the above. 6154 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) 6155 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BO->getRHS()); 6156 } 6157 6158 // - conditional expression (5.16) where both the second and the third 6159 // operands are one of the above, or 6160 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) 6161 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getTrueExpr()) && 6162 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6163 // The related edge case of "*x ?: *x". 6164 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 6165 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6166 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(BCO->getTrueExpr())) 6167 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()) && 6168 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 6169 } 6170 6171 // Objective-C++ extensions to the rule. 6172 if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(E) || isa<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E)) 6173 return true; 6174 6175 return false; 6176 } 6177 6178 /// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a 6179 /// context that ignores the result. 6180 ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) { 6181 if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) { 6182 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 6183 if (result.isInvalid()) return E; 6184 E = result.get(); 6185 } 6186 6187 // C99 6.3.2.1: 6188 // [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have 6189 // array type is converted to the value stored in the 6190 // designated object (and is no longer an lvalue). 6191 if (E->isRValue()) { 6192 // In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type) 6193 // are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay 6194 // on them. This is both technically correct and convenient for 6195 // some clients. 6196 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType()) 6197 return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E); 6198 6199 return E; 6200 } 6201 6202 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6203 // The C++11 standard defines the notion of a discarded-value expression; 6204 // normally, we don't need to do anything to handle it, but if it is a 6205 // volatile lvalue with a special form, we perform an lvalue-to-rvalue 6206 // conversion. 6207 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isGLValue() && 6208 E->getType().isVolatileQualified() && 6209 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(E)) { 6210 ExprResult Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E); 6211 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6212 return E; 6213 E = Res.get(); 6214 } 6215 return E; 6216 } 6217 6218 // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type. 6219 if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6220 if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) { 6221 // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug! 6222 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).get(); 6223 return E; 6224 } 6225 } 6226 6227 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E); 6228 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6229 return E; 6230 E = Res.get(); 6231 6232 if (!E->getType()->isVoidType()) 6233 RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(), 6234 diag::err_incomplete_type); 6235 return E; 6236 } 6237 6238 // If we can unambiguously determine whether Var can never be used 6239 // in a constant expression, return true. 6240 // - if the variable and its initializer are non-dependent, then 6241 // we can unambiguously check if the variable is a constant expression. 6242 // - if the initializer is not value dependent - we can determine whether 6243 // it can be used to initialize a constant expression. If Init can not 6244 // be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can 6245 // never be a constant expression. 6246 // - FXIME: if the initializer is dependent, we can still do some analysis and 6247 // identify certain cases unambiguously as non-const by using a Visitor: 6248 // - such as those that involve odr-use of a ParmVarDecl, involve a new 6249 // delete, lambda-expr, dynamic-cast, reinterpret-cast etc... 6250 static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var, 6251 ASTContext &Context) { 6252 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) return true; 6253 const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr; 6254 6255 // If there is no initializer - this can not be a constant expression. 6256 if (!Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD)) return true; 6257 assert(DefVD); 6258 if (DefVD->isWeak()) return false; 6259 EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt(); 6260 6261 Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value); 6262 6263 if (Var->getType()->isDependentType() || Init->isValueDependent()) { 6264 // FIXME: Teach the constant evaluator to deal with the non-dependent parts 6265 // of value-dependent expressions, and use it here to determine whether the 6266 // initializer is a potential constant expression. 6267 return false; 6268 } 6269 6270 return !IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context); 6271 } 6272 6273 /// \brief Check if the current lambda has any potential captures 6274 /// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to 6275 /// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested 6276 /// potential-capture, go ahead and do so. Also, check to see if any 6277 /// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not 6278 /// need to be captured. 6279 6280 static void CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures( 6281 Expr *const FE, LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI, Sema &S) { 6282 6283 assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext()); 6284 assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext()); 6285 assert(CurrentLSI->CallOperator == S.CurContext && 6286 "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext"); 6287 6288 const bool IsFullExprInstantiationDependent = FE->isInstantiationDependent(); 6289 6290 ArrayRef<const FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopesArrayRef( 6291 S.FunctionScopes.data(), S.FunctionScopes.size()); 6292 6293 // All the potentially captureable variables in the current nested 6294 // lambda (within a generic outer lambda), must be captured by an 6295 // outer lambda that is enclosed within a non-dependent context. 6296 const unsigned NumPotentialCaptures = 6297 CurrentLSI->getNumPotentialVariableCaptures(); 6298 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumPotentialCaptures; ++I) { 6299 Expr *VarExpr = nullptr; 6300 VarDecl *Var = nullptr; 6301 CurrentLSI->getPotentialVariableCapture(I, Var, VarExpr); 6302 // If the variable is clearly identified as non-odr-used and the full 6303 // expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not 6304 // need to check enclosing lambda's for speculative captures. 6305 // For e.g.: 6306 // Even though 'x' is not odr-used, it should be captured. 6307 // int test() { 6308 // const int x = 10; 6309 // auto L = [=](auto a) { 6310 // (void) +x + a; 6311 // }; 6312 // } 6313 if (CurrentLSI->isVariableExprMarkedAsNonODRUsed(VarExpr) && 6314 !IsFullExprInstantiationDependent) 6315 continue; 6316 6317 // If we have a capture-capable lambda for the variable, go ahead and 6318 // capture the variable in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas). 6319 if (const Optional<unsigned> Index = 6320 getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda( 6321 FunctionScopesArrayRef, Var, S)) { 6322 const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue(); 6323 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, VarExpr->getExprLoc(), S, 6324 &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda); 6325 } 6326 const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression = 6327 VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(Var, S.Context); 6328 if (!IsFullExprInstantiationDependent || IsVarNeverAConstantExpression) { 6329 // This full expression is not instantiation dependent or the variable 6330 // can not be used in a constant expression - which means 6331 // this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a 6332 // capture violation early, if the variable is un-captureable. 6333 // This is purely for diagnosing errors early. Otherwise, this 6334 // error would get diagnosed when the lambda becomes capture ready. 6335 QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType; 6336 SourceLocation ExprLoc = VarExpr->getExprLoc(); 6337 if (S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit, 6338 /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 6339 /*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType, 6340 DeclRefType, nullptr)) { 6341 // We will never be able to capture this variable, and we need 6342 // to be able to in any and all instantiations, so diagnose it. 6343 S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit, 6344 /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 6345 /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType, 6346 DeclRefType, nullptr); 6347 } 6348 } 6349 } 6350 6351 // Check if 'this' needs to be captured. 6352 if (CurrentLSI->hasPotentialThisCapture()) { 6353 // If we have a capture-capable lambda for 'this', go ahead and capture 6354 // 'this' in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas). 6355 if (const Optional<unsigned> Index = 6356 getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda( 6357 FunctionScopesArrayRef, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) { 6358 const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue(); 6359 S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CurrentLSI->PotentialThisCaptureLocation, 6360 /*Explicit*/ false, /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true, 6361 &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda); 6362 } 6363 } 6364 6365 // Reset all the potential captures at the end of each full-expression. 6366 CurrentLSI->clearPotentialCaptures(); 6367 } 6368 6369 static ExprResult attemptRecovery(Sema &SemaRef, 6370 const TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer, 6371 TypoCorrection TC) { 6372 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupNameInfo(), 6373 Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupKind()); 6374 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = Consumer.getSS(); 6375 CXXScopeSpec NewSS; 6376 6377 // Use an approprate CXXScopeSpec for building the expr. 6378 if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 6379 NewSS.MakeTrivial(SemaRef.Context, NNS, TC.getCorrectionRange()); 6380 else if (SS && !TC.WillReplaceSpecifier()) 6381 NewSS = *SS; 6382 6383 if (auto *ND = TC.getCorrectionDecl()) { 6384 R.setLookupName(ND->getDeclName()); 6385 R.addDecl(ND); 6386 if (ND->isCXXClassMember()) { 6387 // Figure out the correct naming class to add to the LookupResult. 6388 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 6389 if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 6390 Record = NNS->getAsType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 6391 if (!Record) 6392 Record = 6393 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()); 6394 if (Record) 6395 R.setNamingClass(Record); 6396 6397 // Detect and handle the case where the decl might be an implicit 6398 // member. 6399 bool MightBeImplicitMember; 6400 if (!Consumer.isAddressOfOperand()) 6401 MightBeImplicitMember = true; 6402 else if (!NewSS.isEmpty()) 6403 MightBeImplicitMember = false; 6404 else if (R.isOverloadedResult()) 6405 MightBeImplicitMember = false; 6406 else if (R.isUnresolvableResult()) 6407 MightBeImplicitMember = true; 6408 else 6409 MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(ND) || 6410 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(ND) || 6411 isa<MSPropertyDecl>(ND); 6412 6413 if (MightBeImplicitMember) 6414 return SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr( 6415 NewSS, /*TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), R, 6416 /*TemplateArgs*/ nullptr, /*S*/ nullptr); 6417 } else if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) { 6418 return SemaRef.LookupInObjCMethod(R, Consumer.getScope(), 6419 Ivar->getIdentifier()); 6420 } 6421 } 6422 6423 return SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(NewSS, R, /*NeedsADL*/ false, 6424 /*AcceptInvalidDecl*/ true); 6425 } 6426 6427 namespace { 6428 class FindTypoExprs : public RecursiveASTVisitor<FindTypoExprs> { 6429 llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs; 6430 6431 public: 6432 explicit FindTypoExprs(llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs) 6433 : TypoExprs(TypoExprs) {} 6434 bool VisitTypoExpr(TypoExpr *TE) { 6435 TypoExprs.insert(TE); 6436 return true; 6437 } 6438 }; 6439 6440 class TransformTypos : public TreeTransform<TransformTypos> { 6441 typedef TreeTransform<TransformTypos> BaseTransform; 6442 6443 VarDecl *InitDecl; // A decl to avoid as a correction because it is in the 6444 // process of being initialized. 6445 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> ExprFilter; 6446 llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs, AmbiguousTypoExprs; 6447 llvm::SmallDenseMap<TypoExpr *, ExprResult, 2> TransformCache; 6448 llvm::SmallDenseMap<OverloadExpr *, Expr *, 4> OverloadResolution; 6449 6450 /// \brief Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered. 6451 /// If the TypoExprs were successfully corrected, then the diagnostics should 6452 /// suggest the corrections. Otherwise the diagnostics will not suggest 6453 /// anything (having been passed an empty TypoCorrection). 6454 void EmitAllDiagnostics() { 6455 for (auto E : TypoExprs) { 6456 TypoExpr *TE = cast<TypoExpr>(E); 6457 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 6458 if (State.DiagHandler) { 6459 TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getCurrentCorrection(); 6460 ExprResult Replacement = TransformCache[TE]; 6461 6462 // Extract the NamedDecl from the transformed TypoExpr and add it to the 6463 // TypoCorrection, replacing the existing decls. This ensures the right 6464 // NamedDecl is used in diagnostics e.g. in the case where overload 6465 // resolution was used to select one from several possible decls that 6466 // had been stored in the TypoCorrection. 6467 if (auto *ND = getDeclFromExpr( 6468 Replacement.isInvalid() ? nullptr : Replacement.get())) 6469 TC.setCorrectionDecl(ND); 6470 6471 State.DiagHandler(TC); 6472 } 6473 SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE); 6474 } 6475 } 6476 6477 /// \brief If corrections for the first TypoExpr have been exhausted for a 6478 /// given combination of the other TypoExprs, retry those corrections against 6479 /// the next combination of substitutions for the other TypoExprs by advancing 6480 /// to the next potential correction of the second TypoExpr. For the second 6481 /// and subsequent TypoExprs, if its stream of corrections has been exhausted, 6482 /// the stream is reset and the next TypoExpr's stream is advanced by one (a 6483 /// TypoExpr's correction stream is advanced by removing the TypoExpr from the 6484 /// TransformCache). Returns true if there is still any untried combinations 6485 /// of corrections. 6486 bool CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams() { 6487 for (auto TE : TypoExprs) { 6488 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 6489 TransformCache.erase(TE); 6490 if (!State.Consumer->finished()) 6491 return true; 6492 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); 6493 } 6494 return false; 6495 } 6496 6497 NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) { 6498 if (auto *OE = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E)) 6499 E = OverloadResolution[OE]; 6500 6501 if (!E) 6502 return nullptr; 6503 if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 6504 return DRE->getDecl(); 6505 if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) 6506 return ME->getMemberDecl(); 6507 // FIXME: Add any other expr types that could be be seen by the delayed typo 6508 // correction TreeTransform for which the corresponding TypoCorrection could 6509 // contain multiple decls. 6510 return nullptr; 6511 } 6512 6513 ExprResult TryTransform(Expr *E) { 6514 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6515 ExprResult Res = TransformExpr(E); 6516 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred() || Res.isInvalid()) 6517 return ExprError(); 6518 6519 return ExprFilter(Res.get()); 6520 } 6521 6522 public: 6523 TransformTypos(Sema &SemaRef, VarDecl *InitDecl, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) 6524 : BaseTransform(SemaRef), InitDecl(InitDecl), ExprFilter(Filter) {} 6525 6526 ExprResult RebuildCallExpr(Expr *Callee, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6527 MultiExprArg Args, 6528 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6529 Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr) { 6530 auto Result = BaseTransform::RebuildCallExpr(Callee, LParenLoc, Args, 6531 RParenLoc, ExecConfig); 6532 if (auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(Callee)) { 6533 if (Result.isUsable()) { 6534 Expr *ResultCall = Result.get(); 6535 if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(ResultCall)) 6536 ResultCall = BE->getSubExpr(); 6537 if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(ResultCall)) 6538 OverloadResolution[OE] = CE->getCallee(); 6539 } 6540 } 6541 return Result; 6542 } 6543 6544 ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return Owned(E); } 6545 6546 ExprResult Transform(Expr *E) { 6547 ExprResult Res; 6548 while (true) { 6549 Res = TryTransform(E); 6550 6551 // Exit if either the transform was valid or if there were no TypoExprs 6552 // to transform that still have any untried correction candidates.. 6553 if (!Res.isInvalid() || 6554 !CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams()) 6555 break; 6556 } 6557 6558 // Ensure none of the TypoExprs have multiple typo correction candidates 6559 // with the same edit length that pass all the checks and filters. 6560 // TODO: Properly handle various permutations of possible corrections when 6561 // there is more than one potentially ambiguous typo correction. 6562 // Also, disable typo correction while attempting the transform when 6563 // handling potentially ambiguous typo corrections as any new TypoExprs will 6564 // have been introduced by the application of one of the correction 6565 // candidates and add little to no value if corrected. 6566 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true; 6567 while (!AmbiguousTypoExprs.empty()) { 6568 auto TE = AmbiguousTypoExprs.back(); 6569 auto Cached = TransformCache[TE]; 6570 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 6571 State.Consumer->saveCurrentPosition(); 6572 TransformCache.erase(TE); 6573 if (!TryTransform(E).isInvalid()) { 6574 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); 6575 TransformCache.erase(TE); 6576 Res = ExprError(); 6577 break; 6578 } 6579 AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(TE); 6580 State.Consumer->restoreSavedPosition(); 6581 TransformCache[TE] = Cached; 6582 } 6583 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = false; 6584 6585 // Ensure that all of the TypoExprs within the current Expr have been found. 6586 if (!Res.isUsable()) 6587 FindTypoExprs(TypoExprs).TraverseStmt(E); 6588 6589 EmitAllDiagnostics(); 6590 6591 return Res; 6592 } 6593 6594 ExprResult TransformTypoExpr(TypoExpr *E) { 6595 // If the TypoExpr hasn't been seen before, record it. Otherwise, return the 6596 // cached transformation result if there is one and the TypoExpr isn't the 6597 // first one that was encountered. 6598 auto &CacheEntry = TransformCache[E]; 6599 if (!TypoExprs.insert(E) && !CacheEntry.isUnset()) { 6600 return CacheEntry; 6601 } 6602 6603 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(E); 6604 assert(State.Consumer && "Cannot transform a cleared TypoExpr"); 6605 6606 // For the first TypoExpr and an uncached TypoExpr, find the next likely 6607 // typo correction and return it. 6608 while (TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection()) { 6609 if (InitDecl && TC.getCorrectionDecl() == InitDecl) 6610 continue; 6611 ExprResult NE = State.RecoveryHandler ? 6612 State.RecoveryHandler(SemaRef, E, TC) : 6613 attemptRecovery(SemaRef, *State.Consumer, TC); 6614 if (!NE.isInvalid()) { 6615 // Check whether there may be a second viable correction with the same 6616 // edit distance; if so, remember this TypoExpr may have an ambiguous 6617 // correction so it can be more thoroughly vetted later. 6618 TypoCorrection Next; 6619 if ((Next = State.Consumer->peekNextCorrection()) && 6620 Next.getEditDistance(false) == TC.getEditDistance(false)) { 6621 AmbiguousTypoExprs.insert(E); 6622 } else { 6623 AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(E); 6624 } 6625 assert(!NE.isUnset() && 6626 "Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult"); 6627 return CacheEntry = NE; 6628 } 6629 } 6630 return CacheEntry = ExprError(); 6631 } 6632 }; 6633 } 6634 6635 ExprResult 6636 Sema::CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl, 6637 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) { 6638 // If the current evaluation context indicates there are uncorrected typos 6639 // and the current expression isn't guaranteed to not have typos, try to 6640 // resolve any TypoExpr nodes that might be in the expression. 6641 if (E && !ExprEvalContexts.empty() && ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos && 6642 (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() || 6643 E->isInstantiationDependent())) { 6644 auto TyposInContext = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos; 6645 assert(TyposInContext < ~0U && "Recursive call of CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr"); 6646 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = ~0U; 6647 auto TyposResolved = DelayedTypos.size(); 6648 auto Result = TransformTypos(*this, InitDecl, Filter).Transform(E); 6649 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = TyposInContext; 6650 TyposResolved -= DelayedTypos.size(); 6651 if (Result.isInvalid() || Result.get() != E) { 6652 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos -= TyposResolved; 6653 return Result; 6654 } 6655 assert(TyposResolved == 0 && "Corrected typo but got same Expr back?"); 6656 } 6657 return E; 6658 } 6659 6660 ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE, SourceLocation CC, 6661 bool DiscardedValue, 6662 bool IsConstexpr, 6663 bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer) { 6664 ExprResult FullExpr = FE; 6665 6666 if (!FullExpr.get()) 6667 return ExprError(); 6668 6669 // If we are an init-expression in a lambdas init-capture, we should not 6670 // diagnose an unexpanded pack now (will be diagnosed once lambda-expr 6671 // containing full-expression is done). 6672 // template<class ... Ts> void test(Ts ... t) { 6673 // test([&a(t)]() { <-- (t) is an init-expr that shouldn't be diagnosed now. 6674 // return a; 6675 // }() ...); 6676 // } 6677 // FIXME: This is a hack. It would be better if we pushed the lambda scope 6678 // when we parse the lambda introducer, and teach capturing (but not 6679 // unexpanded pack detection) to walk over LambdaScopeInfos which don't have a 6680 // corresponding class yet (that is, have LambdaScopeInfo either represent a 6681 // lambda where we've entered the introducer but not the body, or represent a 6682 // lambda where we've entered the body, depending on where the 6683 // parser/instantiation has got to). 6684 if (!IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer && 6685 DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get())) 6686 return ExprError(); 6687 6688 // Top-level expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 6689 if (DiscardedValue && getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 6690 FullExpr.get()->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 6691 FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.get(), Context.getObjCIdType()); 6692 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6693 return ExprError(); 6694 } 6695 6696 if (DiscardedValue) { 6697 FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.get()); 6698 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6699 return ExprError(); 6700 6701 FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.get()); 6702 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6703 return ExprError(); 6704 } 6705 6706 FullExpr = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(FullExpr.get()); 6707 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6708 return ExprError(); 6709 6710 CheckCompletedExpr(FullExpr.get(), CC, IsConstexpr); 6711 6712 // At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested 6713 // lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda, 6714 // have the outer capture-able lambda try and capture it. 6715 // Consider the following code: 6716 // void f(int, int); 6717 // void f(const int&, double); 6718 // void foo() { 6719 // const int x = 10, y = 20; 6720 // auto L = [=](auto a) { 6721 // auto M = [=](auto b) { 6722 // f(x, b); <-- requires x to be captured by L and M 6723 // f(y, a); <-- requires y to be captured by L, but not all Ms 6724 // }; 6725 // }; 6726 // } 6727 6728 // FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves 6729 // the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures: 6730 // void f() { 6731 // const int n = 0; 6732 // auto L = [&](auto a) { 6733 // +n + ({ 0; a; }); 6734 // }; 6735 // } 6736 // 6737 // Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't 6738 // capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures), 6739 // and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late 6740 // for us to see that we need to capture n after all. 6741 6742 LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI = getCurLambda(); 6743 // FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer 6744 // even if CurContext is not a lambda call operator. Refer to that Bug Report 6745 // for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony. 6746 // By ensuring we are in the context of a lambda's call operator 6747 // we can fix the bug (we only need to check whether we need to capture 6748 // if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that 6749 // PR, a proper fix would entail : 6750 // "Alternative suggestion: 6751 // - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope 6752 // index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to 6753 // FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's 6754 // constructor/destructor. 6755 // - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to 6756 // stop at the outermost enclosing lexical scope." 6757 const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext); 6758 if (IsInLambdaDeclContext && CurrentLSI && 6759 CurrentLSI->hasPotentialCaptures() && !FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6760 CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(FE, CurrentLSI, 6761 *this); 6762 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr); 6763 } 6764 6765 StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) { 6766 if (!FullStmt) return StmtError(); 6767 6768 return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt); 6769 } 6770 6771 Sema::IfExistsResult 6772 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, 6773 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6774 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo) { 6775 DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName(); 6776 if (!TargetName) 6777 return IER_DoesNotExist; 6778 6779 // If the name itself is dependent, then the result is dependent. 6780 if (TargetName.isDependentName()) 6781 return IER_Dependent; 6782 6783 // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope. 6784 LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName, 6785 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 6786 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 6787 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 6788 6789 switch (R.getResultKind()) { 6790 case LookupResult::Found: 6791 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 6792 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 6793 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 6794 return IER_Exists; 6795 6796 case LookupResult::NotFound: 6797 return IER_DoesNotExist; 6798 6799 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 6800 return IER_Dependent; 6801 } 6802 6803 llvm_unreachable("Invalid LookupResult Kind!"); 6804 } 6805 6806 Sema::IfExistsResult 6807 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 6808 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6809 UnqualifiedId &Name) { 6810 DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name); 6811 6812 // Check for unexpanded parameter packs. 6813 SmallVector<UnexpandedParameterPack, 4> Unexpanded; 6814 collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(SS, Unexpanded); 6815 collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TargetNameInfo, Unexpanded); 6816 if (!Unexpanded.empty()) { 6817 DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(KeywordLoc, 6818 IsIfExists? UPPC_IfExists 6819 : UPPC_IfNotExists, 6820 Unexpanded); 6821 return IER_Error; 6822 } 6823 6824 return CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(S, SS, TargetNameInfo); 6825 } 6826